2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.2024 2013/04/19 15:01:58 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.14.7/8.14.7 2013/04/21
10 Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
11 from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
12 and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
13 connection. Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
14 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
15 macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
16 Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
18 Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
19 was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
20 to the "addr-type" field. Problem noted by Dan Lukes
22 Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
23 so that message bodies containing them will be sent
24 on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
25 that are not converted as those functions are used
26 for other purposes too. Problem noted by Elchonon
27 Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
28 Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
29 resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
30 (4xy) via ruleset 0. Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
32 CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
35 Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
38 8.14.6/8.14.6 2012/12/23
39 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
40 two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
41 STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
42 the client side would fail. Problem noted by Lena.
43 Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
44 as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
45 to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
46 can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
47 headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
48 as a DKIM signing milter.
49 If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
50 runners could not be started anymore because an
51 internal counter was subject to a race condition.
52 If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
53 with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
54 In some situations, the resulting error might have been
55 ignored. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
56 Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
57 should not be done without considering the potential
59 smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
60 the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
61 list for all milters. Problem reported by
62 David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
63 If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
64 then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
65 gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
67 If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
68 error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
69 triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
70 memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
71 systems). Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
72 Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
73 log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
74 Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
75 Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
76 Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
77 is done for IPv6). Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
78 Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
79 that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
80 the reason for the failure in a single log line. Suggested
81 by James Carey of Boeing.
83 Add support for Darwin 11.x and 12.x (Mac OS X 10.7 and 10.8).
84 Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
87 8.14.5/8.14.5 2011/05/17
88 Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
89 is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
90 for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
91 same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
92 Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
93 Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
94 map lookup returns a size larger than 1K. Based on a
95 patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
96 If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
97 the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
98 functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
99 versions the mail might have been queued up already
100 and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
101 will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
103 Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
104 Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
105 use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
106 Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
107 no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
108 to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
109 Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
110 Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
111 lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
112 "AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
113 the memory of the client. Bug report by Nils of MWR
115 Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
116 connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
117 Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
118 If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
119 it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
120 unparseable) address is specified.
121 If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
122 stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
123 it. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
124 CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
125 -T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
126 that did not use LDAP. This change has been undone
127 until a better solution can be implemented. Problem
128 found by Andy Fiddaman.
129 CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
130 Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
131 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
132 letter between the question marks. Patch from
134 DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
135 Patch from Mitchell Berger.
137 Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
138 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later. Patch
140 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
141 Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
142 Solaris 11. Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
143 Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
144 OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0. Based on patch from
145 Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
146 Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
147 for Solaris 11. Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
149 cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
151 8.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30
152 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
153 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
154 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired
155 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
156 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
157 could occur which might result in bogus characters
158 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of
159 Pepperdine University.
160 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
161 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland.
162 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
163 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
164 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers
165 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
166 Hubert of University of Washington.
167 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
168 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
169 to be happening on some Linux versions).
170 The process title was missing the current load average when
171 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
172 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
173 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
174 only some of them are processed.
175 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
176 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo
178 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
179 would not be initialized for use in the client either.
180 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
181 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
182 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
183 because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
184 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
185 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
186 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
187 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from
188 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
189 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
190 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from
191 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
192 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
193 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
194 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
195 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
196 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
197 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
198 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch
199 from Martin Poole of RedHat.
200 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
201 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
202 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
203 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner
205 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
206 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
207 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
208 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
209 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
210 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
211 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
212 University of Helsinki.
213 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
214 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
215 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
217 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
218 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
219 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
220 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin
222 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
223 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from
225 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
226 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
227 OpenLDAP proxy servers.
228 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
229 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
231 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
232 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
233 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
234 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
236 8.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03
237 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
238 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
239 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
240 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
241 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
242 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
243 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
244 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
245 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
246 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
247 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch
248 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
249 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem
250 noted by Beth Halsema.
251 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
252 was activated. This may cause problems if that value
253 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
254 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
255 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
256 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
257 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
258 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
259 whether libmilter contains this fix.
260 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
261 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
263 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
264 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from
265 Chris Behrens of Concentric.
266 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
267 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
269 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
272 8.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01
273 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
274 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
275 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
276 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem
277 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
278 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
279 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
280 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
281 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner
283 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
284 work in earlier 8.14 versions.
285 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
286 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
287 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
289 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
290 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from
291 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
292 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
293 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
294 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
295 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
296 the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
297 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
298 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
299 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
300 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch
301 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
302 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
303 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
304 Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
305 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
306 compiled in but not offered by the server and the
307 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege.
308 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
309 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This
310 should help "failover" configurations that specify more
311 than one LDAP server.
312 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
313 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
314 a system which does not have the compile time flag
315 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
316 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
317 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
318 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by
319 Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
320 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
321 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori
322 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
323 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao.
324 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
326 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
327 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
328 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
330 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
331 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
332 8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
333 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
334 from the version number, however, the returned value was
335 correct for the current libmilter version.
337 8.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03
338 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
339 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
340 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
341 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug
342 found by Andy Fiddaman.
343 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
344 could not be set in 8.14.0.
345 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
346 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
347 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by
349 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
350 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
351 Science and Mathematics.
352 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
353 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
354 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
355 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
357 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
358 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
359 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
360 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
361 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
362 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
363 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
364 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
365 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
366 Patches from Bryan Costales.
368 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
369 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
370 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
371 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
372 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
375 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
377 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
379 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
380 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
381 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
383 8.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31
384 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes:
385 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
386 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
388 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any
389 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
391 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
392 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
393 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
394 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
395 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from
396 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
397 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
398 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
399 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set
400 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
401 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
402 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
403 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
404 Patch from Nik Clayton.
405 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
406 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing.
407 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
409 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode
413 children MaxDaemonChildren
414 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
415 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
416 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based
417 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
418 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch
420 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
421 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
422 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
423 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
424 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
425 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
426 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
427 et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
428 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
430 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
431 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
432 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
433 is a header address it also distinguishes between
434 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
436 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
437 by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
438 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
439 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
440 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
441 slow down responding.
442 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
443 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
444 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
445 a file where to store the selected key.
446 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
447 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
448 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
449 connection is terminated immediately.
450 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
451 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
452 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless.
453 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
454 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
455 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
456 a query if it is too long.
457 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
458 to form the result of a lookup.
459 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
460 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
461 started by using "make check".
462 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
463 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
464 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
465 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
466 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
467 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
468 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
470 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
471 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
472 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
473 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
474 which may improve the communication performance on some
475 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
477 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
478 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
479 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
481 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
482 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
483 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
484 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
485 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
486 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
487 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem
488 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
489 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
490 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
491 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both
492 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
493 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
494 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile,
495 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
497 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
498 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
499 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
500 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
501 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
502 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
503 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
504 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil
505 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
507 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
508 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
509 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
510 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
511 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
512 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
513 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
514 To:user@example.com RELAY
515 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
516 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
518 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
519 for the HELO/EHLO command.
520 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
521 messages by using those values as second argument.
522 Patches from Nelson Fung.
523 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
524 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
525 preceeded by a backslash.
526 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
527 directories, then it used for "make install" to create
528 the required installation directories.
529 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
530 executables (defaults to confCC).
531 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
532 has several changes which are listed below and documented
533 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
534 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
535 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
536 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
537 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally,
538 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
539 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
540 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
541 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
542 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
543 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
544 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows
545 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
546 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
547 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
548 can act on the DATA command.
549 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
550 can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
551 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
552 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
553 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
554 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
555 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
556 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This
557 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
558 body chunks it already received without reading the entire
559 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
560 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
561 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
562 new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
563 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
564 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
565 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
566 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol
567 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether
568 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
569 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
570 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
571 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
572 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
574 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
575 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
576 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
577 does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
578 inserted, or replaced.
579 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
580 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
581 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
584 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
585 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
586 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
588 include/sm/sendmail.h
590 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
591 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
592 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
593 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
594 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
605 8.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09
606 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
607 the server can erroneously report that there is
608 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that
609 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
610 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert
611 of University of Washington.
612 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
613 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
614 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
615 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
616 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from
618 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
619 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
620 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
622 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
623 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However,
624 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
625 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.*
628 8.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14
629 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
630 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
631 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This
632 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
633 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to
634 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
635 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
636 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
637 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
638 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
639 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
640 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
641 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
642 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
643 a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
644 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
645 layer made in 8.13.6.
646 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
647 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
648 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
649 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
650 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
651 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
652 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
653 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
654 to avoid those false positives.
655 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
656 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
657 files were not removed.
658 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
659 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem
660 reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
661 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
662 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against
663 either of these versions and compression is available,
664 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on
665 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
666 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
667 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
668 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid
669 further problems, no default value is available anymore,
670 but an argument must be specified.
672 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from
673 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
675 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
676 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
677 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
678 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
679 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
680 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
681 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
682 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
683 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
684 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
685 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
686 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
687 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
688 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
689 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
690 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
691 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
692 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
693 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
694 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
695 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
696 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
697 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
698 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
699 A. Earickson of Colby College.
700 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
702 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
703 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
704 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
705 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
706 resume a stored TLS session.
707 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
708 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
709 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
710 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
711 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
713 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
714 This generates an error message from libmilter on
715 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
717 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
718 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
719 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
722 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
723 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
726 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
727 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
728 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
729 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
730 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
731 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
732 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
733 than the base directory.
734 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
735 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
736 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
738 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
739 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
740 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
741 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
742 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
743 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
745 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
746 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
747 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
748 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
749 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
750 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
751 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
752 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
753 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
754 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
755 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
756 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
757 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
758 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
759 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
760 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
762 Add support for AIX 5.3.
763 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
764 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
765 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
766 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
767 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
768 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
769 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
770 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
771 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
772 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
773 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
774 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
775 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
778 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
780 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
781 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
784 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
785 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
786 different error which could result in connections that
787 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
788 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
789 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
790 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
791 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
792 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
793 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
794 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
795 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
796 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
797 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
798 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
799 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
800 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
801 and bounce generation.
802 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
803 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
804 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
805 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
806 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
807 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
808 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
809 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
810 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
811 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
812 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
813 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
814 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
815 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
817 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
818 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
819 on patch by Brian Kantor.
820 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
821 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
822 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
824 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
825 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
826 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
827 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
828 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
829 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
830 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
831 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
832 University of Bremen.
838 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
839 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
841 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
842 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
843 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
844 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
845 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
846 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
847 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
848 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
849 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
850 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
852 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
853 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
854 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
855 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
856 Simple Nomad of BindView.
857 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
858 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
859 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
860 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
861 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
862 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
863 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
864 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
865 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
866 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
867 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
868 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
869 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
870 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
871 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
872 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
873 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
874 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
875 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
876 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
877 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
878 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
879 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
880 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
881 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
882 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
883 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
884 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
885 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
886 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
887 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
888 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
889 noted by Nelson Fung.
890 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
891 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
892 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
895 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
897 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
898 devtools/OS/DragonFly
899 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
903 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
904 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
905 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
906 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
907 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
908 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
909 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
910 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
911 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
912 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
914 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
915 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
916 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
917 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
918 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
919 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
920 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
921 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
922 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
923 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
924 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
925 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
926 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
927 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
928 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
930 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
931 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
933 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
934 noted by Geoff Adams.
935 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
936 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
937 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
938 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
939 incompatibilities with various *roff related
940 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
944 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
945 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
946 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
947 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
948 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
950 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
951 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
952 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
953 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
954 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
955 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
956 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
957 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
958 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
959 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
960 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
961 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
962 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
963 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
964 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
965 of cf/README for more information.
966 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
967 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
969 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
970 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
971 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
972 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
974 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
975 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
976 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
977 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
978 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
979 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
980 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
981 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
982 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
983 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
984 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
985 determines the length of the interval for which the
986 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
987 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
988 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
989 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
990 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
991 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
992 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
993 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
994 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
995 during that connection.
996 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
997 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
998 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
999 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1000 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1001 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1002 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1003 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1004 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1005 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
1006 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1007 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1008 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1009 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1011 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1012 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1013 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1015 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
1016 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1017 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1018 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1019 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1020 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1021 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1022 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1023 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1024 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
1025 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1026 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
1027 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1028 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
1030 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
1031 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1032 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
1033 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1034 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1035 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
1036 operates on lost queue items.
1037 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1038 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1039 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1040 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1041 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1043 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1044 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1045 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1046 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1048 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1049 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1050 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
1051 be used for the quarantine reason.
1052 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1053 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1054 message if it is quarantined.
1055 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1056 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1057 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1058 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1059 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1060 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1061 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
1062 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1063 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1064 recipients received so far in a transaction.
1065 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1066 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
1067 noted by Kai Schlichting.
1068 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1069 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1070 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1071 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
1072 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1073 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1074 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
1076 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1077 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
1079 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1080 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1081 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1082 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
1083 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1084 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1085 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
1086 of the University of Manitoba.
1087 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1088 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1089 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1091 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
1092 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1093 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1094 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1095 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1096 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1097 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1098 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1099 overwrite each other's pid files.
1100 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1101 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
1102 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1103 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1104 LogLevel 12 or higher.
1105 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1106 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1107 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1108 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1109 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1110 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1111 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1112 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
1113 of Sun Microsystems.
1114 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1115 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1116 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1117 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1118 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1119 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1120 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
1121 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1122 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1123 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1124 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1125 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1126 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1127 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
1128 further information.
1129 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1130 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1131 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1132 queue return and warning times for delivery status
1134 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1136 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1137 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1138 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1139 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1140 for DaemonPortOptions.
1141 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1142 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
1143 of Northern Illinois University.
1144 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1145 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
1146 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1147 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1148 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1149 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1150 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1151 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
1152 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1153 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1154 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
1155 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1156 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1157 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1158 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1159 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1160 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1161 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1162 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1163 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1165 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
1166 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1167 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1168 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1169 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
1171 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1172 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
1173 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1174 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1175 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1176 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1177 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1178 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1179 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1181 Two new compile options have been added:
1182 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
1183 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
1184 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1185 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1186 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1187 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
1188 programs to match locking techniques.
1189 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1190 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1191 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1192 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1193 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1194 Center for Scientific Computing.
1195 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1196 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1197 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1198 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1199 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1200 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
1201 from Mark Funkenhauser.
1202 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1203 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1204 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1205 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1206 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1207 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1208 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1209 of Northern Illinois University.
1210 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1211 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1212 the message using the given reason.
1213 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1214 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1215 DNS records than just A.
1216 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1217 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1218 connections is maintained.
1219 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1220 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1221 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1222 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1223 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1224 slamming protection described above. The feature can
1225 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1226 use the access database to look the pause time based on
1227 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1228 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1229 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
1230 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1231 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1232 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
1233 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1234 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1235 interval when refusing connections for this long.
1236 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1237 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
1238 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1239 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1240 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
1241 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1242 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1243 to follow the naming conventions.
1244 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1246 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1248 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1249 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1250 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1251 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1253 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1254 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1255 status notifications.
1256 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1257 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1258 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1259 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1260 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1261 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1263 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1264 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1265 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1266 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1267 certificate revocations lists.
1268 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1269 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1270 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1271 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
1272 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1273 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1274 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
1275 for more information.
1276 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1277 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1278 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1279 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
1280 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1281 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1282 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1283 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1284 of LifeLine Networks.
1285 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
1287 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1288 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1289 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1290 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1291 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1292 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1293 Filters which use this function must include the
1294 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1295 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1296 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1297 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1298 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1299 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1300 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1301 resetting the timeout.
1302 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1303 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1304 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1305 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1306 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1307 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1308 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1309 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1310 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1311 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1312 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1313 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1314 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
1315 from Bryan Costales.
1316 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1317 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1318 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1319 amendments to support header insertion operations.
1320 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1321 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1322 Informations Services.
1323 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1324 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1326 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1327 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1329 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1330 for the auto-response message.
1333 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1334 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1335 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1336 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1337 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1339 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1340 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1341 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1342 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1343 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1344 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1345 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1346 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1347 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1348 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1349 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1350 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1351 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1352 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1353 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1354 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1355 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1359 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1360 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1361 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1364 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1366 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
1367 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
1368 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
1369 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1370 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1371 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1372 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1374 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1375 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1376 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1377 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1378 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1379 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1380 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1381 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1382 recipient address also against the printable addresses
1383 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1384 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1385 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1386 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1387 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1388 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1389 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1390 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1391 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
1392 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1393 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1394 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
1395 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1396 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1397 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1398 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1399 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1400 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1401 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1402 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1403 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1404 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
1405 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1406 external application that accesses qf files.
1407 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1408 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1409 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1410 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
1412 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1413 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
1414 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1415 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1418 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1419 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1421 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1422 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1423 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1424 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1426 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1428 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1429 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
1430 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1431 of Courtesan Consulting.
1432 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
1433 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1434 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1435 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1436 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1437 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1438 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1439 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1440 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1441 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1442 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1443 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1444 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1445 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1446 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1447 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1448 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1449 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1450 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1451 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
1452 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1453 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1454 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
1455 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1456 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1457 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1458 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1459 to make sure they match.
1460 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1462 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1463 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
1465 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1466 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
1468 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
1469 from Jerome Borsboom.
1470 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1471 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
1472 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1473 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1474 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1475 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1476 after the close() and before the truncate().
1477 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1478 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1479 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1481 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1482 of Washington for providing access to a computer
1484 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
1485 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1486 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1487 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
1489 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
1490 your Linux distribution, compile with
1491 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1495 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
1496 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1497 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1498 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1499 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1500 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1502 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1503 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1504 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
1505 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1506 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1507 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1508 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1509 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1510 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1511 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1512 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1513 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
1514 by Derek Wueppelmann.
1515 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1516 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1518 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1519 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
1520 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1521 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1522 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1523 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1524 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1525 text file instead of the database map.
1527 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1528 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1529 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1530 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1532 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
1533 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1534 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1535 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1537 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1538 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1539 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1540 Stanford University Compilation Group.
1541 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1542 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1543 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1544 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1545 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1546 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1547 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1548 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1549 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1550 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1552 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
1553 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1554 across various connections. This could cause session
1555 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1556 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
1557 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1558 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
1559 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
1560 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1561 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1562 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
1564 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1565 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1567 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
1568 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1569 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1570 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1571 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
1572 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1573 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1574 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
1575 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1576 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1578 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1579 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1580 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1581 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1582 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1583 to be run even if Runners=0.
1584 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1585 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1586 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1587 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1588 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1589 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
1590 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1591 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1592 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1593 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
1594 by John Majikes of IBM.
1595 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1596 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1597 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1598 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
1599 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1600 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1601 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1602 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1603 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
1604 noted by Matthias Andree.
1605 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1606 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1608 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1609 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1610 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1611 an argument, hence the builtin version of
1612 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
1613 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
1614 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1615 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1616 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1617 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1618 of the TrustedBSD Project.
1619 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1620 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1621 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1622 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1624 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1625 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1626 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1627 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1628 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1629 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1630 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1631 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1632 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1633 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1634 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1636 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1637 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1638 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1639 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1640 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1641 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1643 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1645 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1646 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1647 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1648 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1649 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1650 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1651 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1652 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1653 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1655 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1656 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1657 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1658 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
1664 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
1665 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1666 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1667 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1668 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1669 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1670 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1671 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1672 Courtesan Consulting.
1673 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1674 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
1675 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1676 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1677 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1678 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1679 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1680 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1681 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
1682 Earickson of Colby College.
1683 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1684 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1685 Courtesan Consulting.
1686 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1687 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1688 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1689 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
1690 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1691 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1693 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1694 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1695 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1696 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1697 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
1698 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1699 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
1700 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1701 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1702 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1703 supposed for addresses on the header content.
1704 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1706 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1707 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
1708 fix from Scott Walters.
1709 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1710 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1711 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1712 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1713 NETISO support has been dropped.
1714 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1715 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1716 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1717 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
1718 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1719 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1720 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
1721 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1722 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1723 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1724 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
1725 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1726 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1727 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1728 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1729 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1730 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1732 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1733 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1734 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1735 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1736 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1737 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1738 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
1739 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1740 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1744 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
1745 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1746 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1747 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
1748 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1749 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
1750 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1751 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1752 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1753 with rogue DNS servers.
1754 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
1756 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1757 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
1759 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1760 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1761 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1762 Polytechnic Institute.
1763 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1764 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1766 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1767 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1768 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
1769 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1770 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
1771 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1772 8.13 will change the default locking method to
1773 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
1774 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1775 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1776 related programs to match locking techniques.
1778 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1779 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1780 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1781 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1782 section of the top level README for more information.
1783 Problem noted by lumpy.
1784 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1786 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1787 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1788 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1789 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1790 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1792 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
1793 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1794 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1795 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1796 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1798 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1799 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
1800 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1801 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1802 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1803 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
1804 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1805 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1806 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
1807 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
1808 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1809 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1811 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1812 user who started sendmail.
1813 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1814 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
1815 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1816 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1817 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1818 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1819 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1820 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1822 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1823 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1824 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1825 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1826 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1827 Charles University in Prague.
1828 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1830 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1831 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1832 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1833 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1834 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1835 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1836 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1837 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1838 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1839 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1840 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1841 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1842 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1843 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1844 noted by Bryan Costales.
1845 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1846 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1847 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1848 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1849 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1850 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1851 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1853 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1854 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1855 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1856 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1857 a user's filter starts other applications.
1858 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1859 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1860 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1861 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1862 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1863 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1864 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1865 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1866 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1867 noted by Bryan Costales.
1869 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1871 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1872 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1873 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1874 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1875 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1876 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1877 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1878 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1879 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1880 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1881 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1882 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1884 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1885 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1886 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1887 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1889 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1890 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1891 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1892 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1893 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1894 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1896 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1897 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1898 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1899 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1900 Northern Illinois University.
1901 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1902 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1904 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1905 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1906 Polytechnic Institute.
1907 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1908 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1909 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1910 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1911 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1912 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1913 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1914 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1915 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1916 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1917 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1919 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1920 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1921 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1922 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1923 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1924 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1925 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1926 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1927 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1928 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1929 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1930 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1931 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1932 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1933 of Concordia University.
1934 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1935 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1936 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1937 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1938 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1939 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1940 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1941 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1943 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1944 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1945 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1946 total number of TCP connections.
1947 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1948 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1949 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1950 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1951 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1952 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1953 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1955 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1957 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1958 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
1959 patch by Bryan Costales.
1960 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1961 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1962 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1963 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1964 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1965 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1966 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
1967 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1968 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1969 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1970 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1971 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1974 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1976 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
1977 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1978 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1980 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
1982 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1983 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
1984 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1985 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1986 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
1987 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1988 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1989 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1991 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1992 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
1994 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1995 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1996 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1997 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1998 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1999 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2000 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2001 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2002 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
2003 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2004 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2005 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
2006 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2007 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2008 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2009 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2010 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2011 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2012 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2013 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
2015 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2016 if queue groups are used.
2017 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2018 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2019 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2020 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2021 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2022 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2023 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
2024 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2025 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2026 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2027 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2028 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2029 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
2030 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2031 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2032 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2033 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2034 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
2035 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2037 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2038 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2039 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
2040 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2041 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
2042 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2044 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2045 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
2048 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2050 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
2051 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2052 at startup, only log an error message.
2053 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2054 following -b) has been specified.
2055 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2056 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
2057 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2058 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2059 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2061 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2062 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2063 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2064 Institute of Mining and Technology.
2065 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2066 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2067 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2068 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2069 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2070 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2071 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2072 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2073 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2074 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2075 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
2077 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
2078 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2080 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2081 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2082 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2083 Meteorological Institute.
2084 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2085 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2087 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2088 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2089 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2090 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2091 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2092 types, respectively.
2093 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2094 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2096 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2097 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2098 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2099 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2100 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2101 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2102 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2103 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2104 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2106 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
2107 of Sun Microsystems.
2108 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2109 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2110 with servers that do not support realms when using
2111 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2112 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2113 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
2114 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2115 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2116 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2117 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2118 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2119 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2120 instead of forcing localhost.
2121 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2122 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2123 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
2124 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2125 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2126 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2127 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2128 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2129 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2130 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2131 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2132 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
2133 Compaq Computer Corp.
2134 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2135 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2138 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
2139 patch provided by HP.
2140 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2141 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
2142 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
2144 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2145 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
2146 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2147 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
2148 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2149 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
2150 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2151 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
2152 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2153 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2154 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
2155 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
2157 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2158 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2159 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2160 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
2162 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
2163 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2164 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2165 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2166 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2167 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
2168 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2169 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2170 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2171 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2172 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2174 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
2176 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2177 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
2179 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2180 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2182 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2183 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2185 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2186 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2187 to free memory twice.
2188 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2189 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2190 of Sun Microsystems.
2191 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2192 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2193 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2194 University of Athens.
2196 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2197 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2198 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2202 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2205 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
2206 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2207 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2208 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
2209 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
2210 found by Michal Zalewski.
2211 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2212 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2213 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2214 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2215 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2216 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2217 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2218 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2219 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2220 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2221 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2222 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2223 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2224 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2225 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
2226 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
2227 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2228 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2229 canonical name for a host.
2230 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2231 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
2232 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
2233 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2235 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2236 `uname` does not given complete information.
2237 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2239 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2240 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2241 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2242 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2243 Courtesan Consulting.
2244 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2245 problems with potential misconfigurations.
2246 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
2247 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2248 Technology Organisation of Australia.
2249 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2250 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2252 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
2253 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2254 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
2255 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2256 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2258 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2259 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2260 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2270 include/sm/sysstat.h
2272 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
2273 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2274 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
2275 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2276 default). The installation process tries to install
2277 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2278 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2279 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2280 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2281 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2283 GroupWritableForwardFile
2284 WorldWritableForwardFile
2285 GroupWritableIncludeFile
2286 WorldWritableIncludeFile
2287 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2288 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
2289 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2291 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2292 point where the variable could become overused for more than
2293 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
2294 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
2295 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2296 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2297 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2298 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
2299 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2300 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
2301 see sendmail/SECURITY.
2302 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2303 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2304 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2305 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
2307 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2308 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2309 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
2310 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2311 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2312 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
2313 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2314 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
2315 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
2316 command has been removed.
2317 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
2318 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2319 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2320 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2321 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
2322 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2323 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2324 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
2325 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2327 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2328 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
2329 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2330 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2331 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
2332 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2333 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2334 creation rather than just before delivery.
2335 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
2336 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2337 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
2338 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2339 preference matches (coattail).
2340 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2341 try other MX hosts if available.
2342 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2343 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2344 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2345 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
2346 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2347 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2348 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2349 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2350 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2351 removed in future versions.
2352 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2353 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2354 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2355 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
2356 doc/op/op.me for details.
2357 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2358 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2359 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2360 of the presented certificate, respectively.
2361 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2362 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2363 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2364 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2365 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2366 enough on a per recipient basis.
2367 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2369 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2371 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2372 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2373 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2374 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2375 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2376 really required. This change results in a noticable
2377 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
2378 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2379 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2380 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2381 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2382 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2383 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2384 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
2385 command line, then the value also limits the number of
2386 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2387 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2389 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2390 system each queue directory resides in.
2391 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2392 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2393 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
2394 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2395 collected together) to process the same work list at the
2397 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2398 active queue runner processes.
2399 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2400 runners per queue group.
2401 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2402 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2403 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2404 of the queue that match during processing.
2405 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2406 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2407 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2408 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2409 persistent queue runner.
2410 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2411 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2413 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
2414 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2415 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2416 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2417 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2418 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2419 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2420 of the qf file (older entries first).
2421 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2422 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2423 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2424 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2425 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2426 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2427 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
2428 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2429 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2430 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2431 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2432 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
2433 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2434 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2435 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2436 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2437 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
2438 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
2440 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2441 the number of entries in the queue(s).
2442 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
2443 and the usual documentation for details.
2444 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2445 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2447 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
2448 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2449 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
2450 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2451 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2452 -r (number of retries).
2453 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2454 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2455 and value separated by the given separator.
2456 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2458 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2459 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2460 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2461 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2462 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2463 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
2464 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2465 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2466 filenames with spaces).
2467 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2468 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2469 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2470 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
2471 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
2472 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2473 to the loopback net.
2474 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2475 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
2476 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2477 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2478 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2479 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2480 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2481 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2482 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2483 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2485 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2486 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
2487 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
2488 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2489 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2490 load average is exceeded.
2491 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2492 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2493 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2494 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2495 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2496 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2497 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2498 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
2500 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2501 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
2502 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2503 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2504 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2505 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2506 for direct (command line) submissions.
2507 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2508 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2509 Hagino of the KAME Project.
2510 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2511 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2512 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2513 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2514 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2515 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2516 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2517 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2519 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2520 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2521 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2522 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2523 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2524 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2525 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2526 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2527 of the Universitat Regensburg.
2528 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2529 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2530 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2531 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2532 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2533 See libsm/index.html for details.
2534 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2535 care of by fork() and exit().
2536 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
2537 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2538 new and old (from new libsm).
2539 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2540 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2541 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2542 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2543 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2544 synchronizations calls.
2545 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2546 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2547 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2548 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2549 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2550 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2552 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2553 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
2554 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2555 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2556 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2557 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2558 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2559 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2560 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
2561 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2562 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2563 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2564 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2565 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2566 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2567 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2568 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2569 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2570 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
2571 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2572 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2573 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2574 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2575 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2577 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
2578 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2579 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2580 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2582 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2583 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2584 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2586 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
2587 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2588 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2589 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
2590 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
2591 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
2592 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2593 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2594 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2596 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2597 the default schema used in the above two items.
2598 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2599 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2600 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2601 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2602 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2603 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2604 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2605 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2606 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2607 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2608 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2609 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2611 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2612 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2613 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2614 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
2615 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2616 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
2617 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2618 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2619 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2620 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2621 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
2622 (verbose) command line option.
2623 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2624 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2625 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2626 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2627 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2628 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2629 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2630 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
2631 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
2632 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2633 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2634 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2635 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2637 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2638 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2639 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2640 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2641 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2643 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
2645 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2646 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
2647 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2648 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2649 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2650 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
2651 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2652 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
2654 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2655 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2656 configurable during compile time. The current values and
2658 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
2659 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2660 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
2661 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
2662 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
2663 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
2664 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2665 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2666 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2667 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2668 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2669 Meteorological Institute.
2670 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2671 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2672 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2673 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2674 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2675 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2676 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2677 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2678 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
2679 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2680 See sendmail/README for further information.
2681 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2682 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
2683 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2684 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2685 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2686 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2687 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
2688 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2689 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2690 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2693 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2694 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
2695 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2696 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2697 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2698 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2699 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
2700 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2701 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2702 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2703 Solaris 8 and later.
2704 Add support for OpenUNIX.
2705 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2706 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2707 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2708 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2709 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2710 temporary lookup failures.
2711 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2712 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2714 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2715 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2717 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2718 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2719 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
2720 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2721 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2722 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2723 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2724 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2725 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2726 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2727 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2728 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2729 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2730 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2731 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2732 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2733 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2734 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2735 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2736 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2737 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2738 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2739 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2740 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2741 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2742 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2743 cf/README for details.
2744 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2745 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2746 University of Maryland.
2747 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2748 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2749 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2750 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2751 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2752 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2753 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2754 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2756 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2757 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2758 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2759 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2760 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2762 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2763 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2764 See cf/README for details.
2765 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2766 temporary lookup failures.
2767 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2768 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2769 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2771 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2772 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2773 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2774 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2775 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2776 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2777 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2778 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2779 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2780 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2781 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2782 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2783 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
2784 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
2785 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
2786 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2787 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2788 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2789 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2790 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
2792 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2793 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2794 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
2796 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2797 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
2798 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2799 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2800 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
2801 recipients as user unknown.
2802 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2803 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2804 section of cf/README for more information.
2805 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2806 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2807 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2808 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2809 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2810 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2811 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2812 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
2813 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
2814 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
2815 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
2816 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
2817 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
2818 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
2819 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
2820 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
2821 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2822 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2823 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
2824 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
2825 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
2826 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
2827 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2828 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2829 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2830 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2831 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2832 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2833 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2834 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2835 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2836 doc/op/op.me for details.
2837 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2838 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2839 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2840 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2842 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2843 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2844 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2845 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2846 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2847 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2848 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2849 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2850 This affects the access database as well as the
2851 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2852 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2853 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2854 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2855 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2856 Mississippi State University.
2857 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2858 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2859 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2860 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2861 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2862 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2863 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2864 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2865 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2866 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2867 systems which don't include cat directories.
2868 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2869 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2870 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2871 mailbox database type.
2872 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2873 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2874 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2875 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2876 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2877 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2878 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2879 instead of white space.
2880 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2881 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2882 Meteorological Institute.
2883 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2884 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2885 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2886 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2888 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2889 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2890 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2891 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2892 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2893 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2894 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2895 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2902 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2903 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2904 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2906 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2907 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2908 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2909 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2910 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2912 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2913 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2914 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2925 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2926 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2932 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2933 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2934 include/sendmail/useful.h
2935 libsmutil/errstring.c
2936 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2937 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2942 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2943 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2944 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2946 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2947 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2948 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2949 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2951 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2952 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2953 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2954 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2955 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2957 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2958 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2959 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
2960 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2961 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2962 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2963 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2964 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2965 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2966 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2967 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2968 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2969 across various connections. This could cause session
2970 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2971 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
2972 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2973 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2974 canonical name for a host.
2975 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2976 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2978 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2979 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2980 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2981 Polytechnic Institute.
2982 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2983 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2985 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2986 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2988 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2989 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2991 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2992 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2993 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2995 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2996 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2997 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2998 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2999 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3000 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3001 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3003 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3004 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
3007 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
3008 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3009 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
3010 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3011 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
3012 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3013 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3014 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
3015 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3016 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3017 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
3019 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
3020 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3022 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
3023 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3024 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
3025 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3026 of SE Netway Communications.
3027 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3028 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3029 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3030 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3031 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
3032 Bosserman of EarthLink.
3033 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3034 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3035 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3036 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3037 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3039 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
3040 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3041 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3042 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3043 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3044 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3045 University at Albany.
3046 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3047 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3048 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3049 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3050 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3051 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3053 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
3054 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3055 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3056 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3057 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3058 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3059 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
3060 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3061 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3062 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3064 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
3065 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3066 corruption and other potential race conditions.
3067 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3068 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
3069 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
3070 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3071 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3072 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3073 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3074 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3075 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3076 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3077 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
3079 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3080 QueueDirectory wildcards.
3081 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3082 the same map again while exiting.
3083 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3084 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3086 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3087 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3088 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3089 Oklahoma State University.
3090 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3091 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3092 InTouch Systems, Inc.
3093 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3094 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3095 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3097 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3098 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
3099 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3100 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
3101 from Werner Wiethege.
3102 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3103 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
3104 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3105 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3106 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3108 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
3109 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3110 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
3111 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3113 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3114 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3115 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3116 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3117 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3118 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3119 Meteorological Institute.
3120 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3121 since it generates random process ids.
3122 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3123 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3124 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3126 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3128 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
3129 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3130 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3131 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3132 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3133 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3134 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3135 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3136 communications consulting gmbh.
3137 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3138 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3139 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3140 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3141 connection came in from the command line.
3142 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3143 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
3144 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3145 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3146 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3147 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3148 when they were committed.
3149 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3150 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3151 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3152 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3153 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
3154 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3155 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3156 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3158 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3159 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3161 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3162 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3163 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3164 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3166 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3167 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3168 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3170 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3171 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3172 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3173 University of New Brunswick.
3175 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3176 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3177 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3178 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3179 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3180 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
3181 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
3182 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3183 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3184 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
3185 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3186 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3187 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3188 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3189 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3190 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3191 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3192 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
3193 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3195 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3196 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
3197 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3198 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3199 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3201 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3203 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
3204 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3205 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
3206 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
3207 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3208 Schools" project (IdS).
3209 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3210 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3211 be enabled by compiling with:
3212 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3213 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
3214 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3215 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3216 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3217 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3218 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3219 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3221 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3222 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3223 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3224 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3225 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3226 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3227 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3228 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3230 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3232 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3233 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3234 the Universitat Regensburg.
3235 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3236 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3237 University of Arizona.
3238 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3239 of Collective Technologies.
3240 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3241 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3242 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3244 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3245 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3246 Meteorological Institute.
3247 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3248 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3249 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3250 Meteorological Institute.
3251 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
3252 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3253 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
3254 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3255 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3256 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3257 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3258 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3259 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3260 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3261 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3262 overall connections, not the number of connections per
3263 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
3266 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3267 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
3268 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3269 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3270 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3271 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
3273 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3274 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3275 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3276 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3278 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
3279 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3280 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3282 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3283 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3284 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3285 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3286 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3287 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3288 implicitly assume canonical host names.
3289 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
3290 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3291 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3293 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3294 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
3295 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3296 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3297 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
3298 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3300 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
3301 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3302 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3303 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3304 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3305 of Kyoto University.
3306 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
3307 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3308 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3309 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
3311 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3312 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3313 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3314 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3315 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3319 contrib/buildvirtuser
3322 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
3323 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3324 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3325 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3326 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
3327 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3328 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3329 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3330 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3332 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3333 process may close the connection before the child process
3334 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3335 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3336 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3337 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3338 read the LDAP secret from a file.
3339 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3340 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3341 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3342 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3343 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3344 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3346 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3347 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3348 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
3349 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3350 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
3351 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3352 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3353 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
3354 Fournier of Acadia University.
3355 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3356 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
3357 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3358 one of the others may be able to take over.
3359 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3360 previous load average query result.
3361 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3362 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3363 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
3364 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3365 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3366 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3367 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3368 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
3369 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3370 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3371 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3372 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3373 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
3374 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3375 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
3376 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3377 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3378 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3379 University of British Columbia.
3381 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3382 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3383 override the setting. Suggested by
3384 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3385 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3386 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
3387 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3388 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3389 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3391 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
3393 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
3394 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3395 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
3396 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
3397 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3398 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3399 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3401 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3402 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3403 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3404 errors in the MAIL address.
3405 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
3406 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3407 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3408 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3409 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3410 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
3411 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
3413 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3414 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3415 mailer as described in cf/README.
3416 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3417 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3418 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3419 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3420 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3422 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3423 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3424 Meteorological Institute.
3425 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3426 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3427 dot as the only character on the line.
3429 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3431 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
3432 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3433 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3434 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3435 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
3436 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3437 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
3438 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3439 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3440 it populates. It is possible that some broken
3441 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3442 Systems in this category should compile with
3443 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3444 system and report broken implementations to
3445 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
3446 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3447 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3448 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3449 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3450 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3451 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3452 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
3453 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3454 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3455 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3456 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
3457 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3458 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3460 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3461 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3462 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3463 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3464 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
3466 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3468 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3469 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
3470 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
3472 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3473 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3474 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3475 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
3476 documented, unless a family is specified in a
3477 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
3478 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3479 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3480 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3481 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
3482 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3483 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3484 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3485 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3486 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3487 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
3488 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3489 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3490 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
3491 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
3492 of Sun Microsystems.
3493 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3494 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3495 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
3496 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3497 the incoming information in the queue file for later
3499 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3500 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3502 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3503 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
3504 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3505 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3506 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3507 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3508 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3509 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
3510 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3511 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3512 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
3513 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3514 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3515 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3516 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3517 of Northern Illinois University.
3518 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
3519 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3520 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3522 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3523 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3524 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3526 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3527 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3528 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
3529 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3530 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3531 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3532 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3533 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3534 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3535 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3536 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3537 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3538 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3539 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3540 G. Thomas Consulting.
3541 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3543 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3544 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3545 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3546 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
3547 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3548 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3549 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3550 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3551 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3552 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3553 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3554 University of Mainz.
3555 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3556 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3557 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
3558 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3560 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3561 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
3562 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3563 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3564 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3565 work properly causing problems if the accept()
3566 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
3567 from Tom Moore of NCR.
3568 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
3569 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3570 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3571 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
3572 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3573 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3574 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3575 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3576 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3577 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3578 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
3579 confCACERT CACERTFile
3580 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
3581 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
3582 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
3583 confRAND_FILE RandFile
3584 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
3585 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
3586 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3587 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
3588 cf/README for more information.
3589 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3590 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3591 called due to a STARTTLS command.
3592 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3593 instead of temporary.
3594 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3595 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3596 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3598 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3599 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
3601 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3602 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3603 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3604 University of Maryland.
3605 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
3606 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3607 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3608 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3609 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3610 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3611 of the University of Alberta.
3612 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3613 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3614 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3615 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3616 of X.509 certificates.
3617 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
3618 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3619 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
3620 Universitat Regensburg.
3621 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3622 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3623 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3624 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3625 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3626 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3627 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3628 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3629 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3630 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3631 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3632 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3633 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3634 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3636 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3637 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3639 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3641 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3642 Denman Tire Corporation.
3643 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3644 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3645 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3646 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3647 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
3648 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
3649 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3650 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3652 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3653 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3657 contrib/link_hash.sh
3658 contrib/movemail.conf
3660 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3663 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
3664 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3665 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3666 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3667 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
3668 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3669 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3670 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3674 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
3675 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3676 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3677 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
3678 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3679 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
3680 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3681 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3682 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3683 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3684 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3685 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
3686 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3687 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3688 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
3689 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3690 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
3691 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3692 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3693 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3695 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3696 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3697 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3698 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3699 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3700 Polytechnic Institute.
3701 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3702 discards the message.
3703 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3704 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3705 attempted to the alias.
3706 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3709 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3710 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3711 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
3712 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
3713 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3714 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
3715 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3716 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3717 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3718 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3719 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3720 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3721 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3722 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3724 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3725 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
3726 Courtesan Consulting.
3727 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
3728 Siemens Business Services.
3729 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3730 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3732 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3733 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3734 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3735 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3736 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3737 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3738 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3740 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3741 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3742 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3743 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3744 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3746 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3747 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3749 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3750 for other internal projects but included in the open source
3752 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3753 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3754 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
3755 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3756 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3757 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3759 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3760 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
3761 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3762 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3764 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
3765 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3766 Northern Illinois University.
3767 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3768 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3769 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
3770 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3771 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3772 Polytechnique de Montreal.
3773 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3774 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3775 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3777 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3778 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3780 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3781 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3786 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
3787 *************************************************************
3788 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
3789 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
3790 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
3791 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
3792 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
3793 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
3794 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
3795 * coach, and a friend. *
3797 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
3798 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
3799 * Julie, we miss you! *
3800 *************************************************************
3801 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3802 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3803 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3804 symbolic link target.
3805 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3806 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3807 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3808 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3809 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3810 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3811 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
3812 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3813 version of sendmail.
3814 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3815 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
3816 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3818 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
3819 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
3820 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3821 for easier code sharing among the programs.
3822 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
3823 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3824 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3825 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3826 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3827 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3828 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3829 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3830 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3831 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3832 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3833 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3834 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3835 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3836 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3837 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3838 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3839 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3840 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3841 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3842 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3843 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3844 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3845 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3846 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3847 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3848 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3849 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3850 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3851 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3852 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3853 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3854 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3855 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3856 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3857 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3858 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3860 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3861 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3862 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3863 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3864 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3865 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3866 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3867 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3868 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3869 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3871 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3872 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3873 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3874 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3875 a control socket request.
3876 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3878 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3879 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3880 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3881 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3882 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3883 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3884 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3885 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3886 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3887 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3889 Timeout.resolver.retry
3890 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3891 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3892 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3893 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3894 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3895 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3896 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3897 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3898 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3900 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3901 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3902 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3903 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3904 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3905 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3906 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3907 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3908 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3909 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3910 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3911 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3912 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3913 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3914 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3915 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3916 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3917 Telecommunications Ltd.
3918 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3919 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3920 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3921 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3923 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3924 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3925 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3926 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3927 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3928 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3929 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3930 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3931 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3932 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3933 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3934 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3935 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3936 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3937 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3938 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3939 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3940 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3941 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3942 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3944 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3945 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3946 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3947 example mailer might be:
3948 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3949 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3950 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3951 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3952 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
3954 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3955 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3956 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3957 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3958 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3960 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3961 body of the original message on delivery status
3963 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
3964 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3965 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3966 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
3967 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3968 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
3969 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
3970 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3971 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
3972 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3973 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
3974 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3975 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
3976 Conwell of Boston University.
3977 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
3978 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3979 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3980 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3982 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3983 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
3984 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3985 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3986 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3987 similar to check_rcpt etc.
3988 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3989 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3990 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3991 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3992 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3993 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3994 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
3995 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3996 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3997 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
3999 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4000 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4001 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4002 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4004 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4005 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4007 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4008 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4009 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4010 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4011 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4012 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4013 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4014 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4015 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4017 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4018 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4019 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4020 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
4021 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4022 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4023 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4024 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4025 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
4026 a denial-of-service attack.
4027 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4028 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
4029 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4031 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4033 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4034 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4035 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4036 directly before the newline.
4037 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4038 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4039 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
4040 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4041 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4042 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
4043 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4044 could not be opened.
4045 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
4046 value of this option is macro expanded.
4047 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4048 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4049 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4050 (along with the already existing macros):
4051 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
4052 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4053 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4054 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4055 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4056 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
4057 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4058 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4059 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4060 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
4061 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4063 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4064 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4065 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4066 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4067 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4068 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
4069 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4070 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4071 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
4072 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4073 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
4074 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4075 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4076 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4077 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4078 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
4079 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4080 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4081 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4082 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
4084 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4085 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
4086 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
4088 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4089 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
4090 of Renaissance Internet Services.
4091 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4092 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4093 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4094 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4095 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4096 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
4097 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4098 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4099 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
4100 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4101 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4102 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4103 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4104 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4105 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4106 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4108 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4109 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4110 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4111 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4112 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4113 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
4114 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
4115 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4116 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4117 David Cooley of Colby College.
4118 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4119 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
4120 already decided the message will be passed to another host
4121 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4122 Buckeridge Young Limited.
4123 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4124 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4125 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
4126 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
4127 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4128 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
4129 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4130 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
4131 of Stanford University.
4132 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
4133 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4134 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4135 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4136 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
4137 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
4138 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4139 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4140 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4141 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
4142 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4143 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
4144 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4145 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4146 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4147 attributes found in the match will be returned.
4148 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4149 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
4150 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4151 comma separated key and value strings.
4152 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4153 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4154 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4155 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4156 a single connection to that host.
4157 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4158 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4160 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4162 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4163 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4164 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
4165 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4166 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4167 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
4168 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4169 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4170 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4171 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4172 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4173 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4174 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4176 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4177 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4178 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4179 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4181 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4182 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
4183 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
4184 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4185 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4186 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4188 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4189 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4191 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
4192 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4193 important if you have large classes.
4194 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4195 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
4196 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4197 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4198 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4199 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4200 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4201 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
4202 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4203 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4204 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
4205 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4206 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4207 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
4208 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4209 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
4210 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4211 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4212 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4213 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4214 determined). For single processor machines, this change
4216 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4217 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4218 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
4219 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4220 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4221 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4222 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4223 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4224 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4225 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4226 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
4227 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4228 connection-based denial of service attacks.
4229 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4231 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4232 information (from= syslog line).
4233 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4235 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4236 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4237 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
4238 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4239 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4240 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4241 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4242 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
4243 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4244 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4245 the program as the default user and the default group, not
4246 the forward file user. This change also assures the
4247 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4248 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
4249 Popovici of DNT Romania.
4250 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4251 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
4252 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4253 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4254 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4255 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4256 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4257 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4258 helpful to know the sender of the message.
4259 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4260 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4261 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4262 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4264 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4265 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4266 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4267 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4268 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4269 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
4270 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4271 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
4272 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4273 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4274 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4275 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4276 length before the attempt.
4277 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4278 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
4279 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4280 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
4281 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4282 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4283 host status files, not all files.
4284 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4285 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4286 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4288 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4289 macro map class. This can be used to store information
4290 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4291 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4293 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
4294 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4295 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4296 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
4297 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4298 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4299 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4300 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4302 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4303 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4304 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4305 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4306 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4307 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
4308 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4309 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
4310 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4311 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4312 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4313 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4314 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
4315 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4317 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4318 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4319 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4320 if referencing a named ruleset.
4321 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4322 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4323 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4324 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
4325 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
4326 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4327 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
4328 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
4329 the University of Maryland.
4330 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4331 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4332 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4333 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
4334 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4335 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4337 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4338 but for outgoing connections.
4339 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4340 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4341 a require authentication
4342 b bind to interface through which mail has
4344 c perform hostname canonification
4345 f require fully qualified hostname
4346 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4348 C don't perform hostname canonification
4349 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4350 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4351 h use name of interface for HELO command
4352 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4353 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4354 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4355 Institutes of Health.
4356 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4357 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4358 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4359 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
4360 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4361 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4362 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4363 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4364 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4365 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4366 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4367 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
4368 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4369 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4370 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4371 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4372 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4373 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4374 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4375 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4376 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4377 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
4378 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4379 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
4380 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4381 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4382 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4383 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4384 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4385 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4387 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4388 interface address structure when loading the system network
4389 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4391 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4392 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4393 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
4394 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
4395 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4396 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4398 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4399 Northern Illinois University.
4400 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4401 envelope splitting has occurred.
4402 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4403 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4404 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4405 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4406 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4407 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4409 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4410 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
4411 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4412 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4413 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4414 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
4415 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4416 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4417 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4418 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4419 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4420 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4421 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4422 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
4423 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4424 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4425 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4426 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4427 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4428 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4429 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4430 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
4431 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4432 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4433 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4434 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4436 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4437 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4438 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4439 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4440 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
4441 ruleset lines as well.
4442 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4443 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4444 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
4445 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4447 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4448 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4449 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4450 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4451 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4452 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4453 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4454 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4455 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4456 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4458 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4459 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4460 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4461 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4462 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4463 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4464 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
4465 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4466 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4467 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4468 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4469 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
4470 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4471 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4472 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
4473 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4475 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4476 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4477 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4479 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4480 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4481 them in the .cf file.
4482 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4483 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4484 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4485 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4486 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4487 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4488 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4489 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
4490 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4491 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4492 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4493 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
4494 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
4495 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4496 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
4497 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4498 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4499 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
4500 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4501 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
4502 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4503 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4504 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4505 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
4506 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4507 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
4508 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4509 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4510 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
4511 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
4512 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4513 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4514 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
4515 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
4516 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4517 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
4518 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4519 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4520 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
4521 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4522 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
4523 don't fail on ANY queries.
4524 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4525 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4526 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4527 Northern Illinois University.
4528 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4529 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4531 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4532 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4533 Northern Illinois University.
4534 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4535 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4536 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4538 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4539 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4540 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4541 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
4542 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4543 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4544 This allows network interface probing to work
4545 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
4547 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4548 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4549 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4551 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4552 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4554 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4555 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4557 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4558 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4559 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4560 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4561 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4562 in building the operating system. Users can
4563 override the defaults by setting confCC and
4564 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4565 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4566 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4567 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4568 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4569 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4570 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4571 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4572 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4573 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4574 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4575 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
4576 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4577 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4578 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4579 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4580 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4581 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4582 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
4583 use that value in conf.h.
4584 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
4586 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4587 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4588 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4590 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
4591 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4593 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4594 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4595 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4597 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4598 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
4599 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4601 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4603 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4604 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
4605 Siemens Business Services.
4606 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4607 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4608 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4609 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
4610 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4611 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4612 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4614 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4615 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4616 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4617 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4618 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4619 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4620 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4622 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
4623 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4624 Technology Information Network.
4625 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
4626 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4627 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4628 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4630 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4631 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
4632 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
4633 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4634 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
4635 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
4637 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4638 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4639 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4640 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4641 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4642 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4643 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
4644 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
4645 Courtesan Consulting.
4646 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4647 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4648 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4649 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4650 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4651 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4653 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4654 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4656 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4657 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4658 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4659 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
4661 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4662 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
4663 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
4664 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
4665 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
4666 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
4667 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
4668 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
4669 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
4670 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
4671 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
4672 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
4673 confPID_FILE PidFile
4674 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
4675 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
4676 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
4677 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
4678 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4679 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4680 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
4681 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4682 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4683 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
4684 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
4685 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4686 which takes the options as argument and can be used
4687 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4688 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4689 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4690 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
4691 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4693 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4694 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4695 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4696 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4697 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
4698 value should be changed with care.
4699 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4700 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4701 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4702 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4704 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4705 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
4707 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4708 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4709 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4710 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4711 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4712 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4713 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4714 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4715 of Northern Illinois University.
4716 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4717 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4718 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4719 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4720 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4722 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4724 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4725 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4726 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4727 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
4728 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4730 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4731 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4732 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4733 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4734 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4735 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4736 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
4737 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4738 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4739 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4740 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
4741 Hubert of University of Washington.
4742 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4743 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
4744 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4745 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4746 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4747 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
4748 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4749 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
4750 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4752 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4753 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4755 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4756 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4757 University and Brian Candler.
4758 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4759 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4760 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4761 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4763 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4764 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4765 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4766 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4767 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4768 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4769 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4770 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4771 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4772 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4773 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4774 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4775 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4776 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4777 converted to <user@d>
4778 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4779 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4780 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4781 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4783 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4784 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4785 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4787 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4788 be accessed by their numbers).
4789 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4790 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4792 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4793 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4794 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4795 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4796 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4797 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4798 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4799 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4800 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4801 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4802 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4803 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4805 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4806 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4807 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4808 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
4809 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4810 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4811 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4812 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4813 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4814 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4815 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4816 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4817 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4818 University of California at Berkeley.
4819 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4820 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4821 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
4822 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4823 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4825 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4826 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4827 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4829 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4830 be used for building.
4831 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4832 used for a fresh build.
4833 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4834 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4836 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4837 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4838 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4839 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4841 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4842 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4843 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4844 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4845 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4846 of Siemens Business Services.
4847 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4848 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4849 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4851 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4852 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4853 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4854 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4855 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4856 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4857 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4858 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4859 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4860 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4861 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4862 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4863 are in devtools/README.
4864 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4865 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4866 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4867 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4868 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4869 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4870 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4871 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4873 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4874 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4875 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4876 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4877 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4879 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4880 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4882 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4883 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4884 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4885 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4886 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4888 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4889 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4890 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4891 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4892 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4893 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4894 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4895 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4896 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4897 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4898 install-strip target.
4899 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4900 the others (if it exists).
4901 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4902 then the default ones.
4903 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4904 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4905 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4907 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4908 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4909 Northern Illinois University.
4910 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4911 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4912 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4913 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4914 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4915 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4917 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4918 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4919 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4921 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4922 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4923 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4924 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4925 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4926 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4927 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4929 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4930 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4931 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4932 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4933 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4934 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4935 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4936 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4937 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4938 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4939 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4940 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4941 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4942 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4943 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4944 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4945 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4946 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4947 timeout to avoid starvation.
4948 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4949 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4950 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4951 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4952 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4953 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4954 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4956 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4957 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4958 sendmail configuration file.
4959 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4960 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4962 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
4963 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4964 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
4965 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4966 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
4967 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4968 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4969 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4970 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4972 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4973 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4974 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
4975 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4976 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4977 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4978 Institute for Global Communications.
4979 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4980 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
4981 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4982 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4983 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
4984 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4985 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
4986 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4987 of the Institute for Global Communications.
4988 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
4989 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4990 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4991 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
4992 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4994 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4995 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
4996 which execute the actual Build script in
4998 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4999 -mandoc as they were previously.
5000 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5001 of Build will work (unless parameters are
5002 required for Build).
5010 Renamed Directories:
5011 BuildTools => devtools
5015 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5016 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5022 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5023 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5024 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5026 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5027 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5028 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5029 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5033 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5034 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5035 contrib/domainmap.m4
5038 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5040 devtools/M4/string.m4
5041 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5042 devtools/M4/switch.m4
5045 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5046 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5048 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5056 sendmail/bf_portable.c
5057 sendmail/bf_portable.h
5060 sendmail/shmticklib.c
5061 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5067 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5068 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5069 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5070 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5071 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5072 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5073 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5074 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5075 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5077 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5079 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
5080 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5081 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5082 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5083 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5084 Schools" project (IdS).
5085 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5086 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
5087 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
5088 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5089 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5090 when performing the MIME header length check. This
5091 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
5092 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5093 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5094 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5095 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5096 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5097 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5098 ExecPC Internet Systems.
5099 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5100 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5101 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5102 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
5103 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5104 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5105 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5106 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
5107 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5108 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5109 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5110 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5111 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5112 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5113 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5114 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5115 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5116 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
5117 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5120 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5121 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
5122 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5123 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
5124 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
5125 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5126 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5127 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5128 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5129 Technical University of Denmark.
5130 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5131 Supercomputer Center.
5132 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5133 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5134 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5135 of Stanford University.
5136 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5137 between different releases. Back out the
5138 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5139 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5140 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5141 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5142 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5144 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5145 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5146 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5148 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5149 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
5150 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5151 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5152 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
5153 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5154 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
5155 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5156 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5157 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5158 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5159 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5160 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5163 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5164 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5165 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5167 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
5168 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5169 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
5170 for a denial of service attack.
5171 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5172 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5173 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5174 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5176 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5177 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5178 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5179 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5180 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5181 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
5182 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5183 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5185 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5186 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5187 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5188 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5189 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5190 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5191 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5192 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
5193 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5194 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5195 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5196 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5197 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5198 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5199 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5200 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5201 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5202 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5204 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5205 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
5206 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5207 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5208 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5209 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
5210 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5211 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
5212 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5213 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5214 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5215 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5217 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5218 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5219 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5220 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5221 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5222 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5223 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5224 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5225 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5226 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5227 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5228 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
5229 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5231 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
5232 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5233 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5234 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5235 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
5236 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
5237 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5238 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5239 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
5240 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5241 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
5242 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5243 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5244 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
5245 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5246 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
5247 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5248 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5249 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5250 Meteorological Institute.
5251 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5252 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
5253 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5255 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5256 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5257 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
5258 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5259 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5260 reading network interface addresses into
5261 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
5262 Cal State University, Chico.
5263 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5264 from changing the semantics of the compiled
5265 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
5266 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5267 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
5268 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5269 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5270 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
5271 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5272 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5273 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5274 of Sun Microsystems.
5275 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
5276 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5277 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
5279 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
5280 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5281 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
5283 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5284 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5286 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5287 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5289 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
5290 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5291 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5292 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
5293 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5294 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5295 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5296 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
5297 Manawatu Internet Services.
5298 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5299 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5300 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
5301 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5302 of Northern Illinois University.
5303 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
5304 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5306 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5308 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
5309 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5310 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5311 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5312 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5313 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5314 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5315 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5316 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5317 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5318 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5319 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
5320 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5321 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
5322 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5323 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5324 the envelope From header.
5325 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5326 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5327 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5328 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5329 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5330 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5331 Portal Services, Inc.
5332 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5333 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
5335 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5337 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5338 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5339 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5340 contrib/smcontrol.pl
5343 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
5344 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5345 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5346 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5347 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5348 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5349 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5350 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5351 Meteorological Institute.
5352 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5353 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
5354 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5355 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5356 installation commands. The man pages would still be
5357 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
5358 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5359 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5360 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5361 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5362 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5363 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5364 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5365 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5366 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5367 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5368 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5369 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5370 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5371 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
5373 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5374 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
5375 DaveLtd Enterprises.
5376 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5377 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
5378 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5379 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5380 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
5381 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5382 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
5383 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5384 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5385 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5386 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5387 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5388 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5390 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5391 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
5392 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5393 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5394 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5395 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5397 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5398 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5399 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5400 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5401 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
5403 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
5404 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5406 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
5407 J. P. McCann of E I A.
5408 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
5410 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5411 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5412 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5413 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5414 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5415 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5416 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5417 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5418 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
5419 would not accept @@hostname.
5420 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5421 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5422 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5423 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
5424 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5426 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5428 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
5429 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5430 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5431 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5432 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
5433 which need the ability to override security can use the
5434 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
5436 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5437 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5438 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5439 world writable directories.
5440 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5441 it is in a world writable directory.
5442 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5443 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5444 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
5445 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5446 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5447 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5448 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5449 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5450 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5451 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5452 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
5453 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5454 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5455 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
5456 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5458 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5459 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5460 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5461 the University of Maryland.
5462 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
5463 of Cal State University, Chico.
5464 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
5465 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5466 current version of Berkeley DB.
5467 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5468 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5469 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5470 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5472 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5473 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5474 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
5476 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5477 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5478 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
5479 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5480 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5481 mail.local on the F=z flag.
5482 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
5483 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5484 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
5485 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5486 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5487 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5488 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5489 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5490 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5491 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5492 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5493 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5494 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5495 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5496 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
5497 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5498 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
5499 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5500 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5501 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5502 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5503 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
5504 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5505 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5506 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5507 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
5509 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5510 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5511 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5512 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5513 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
5514 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5515 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5516 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5517 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5518 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
5519 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5520 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5521 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5522 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5523 sender for those failures.
5524 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5525 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5526 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5527 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
5529 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5530 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5531 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5532 of Procter & Gamble.
5533 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5534 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5535 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5536 of Procter & Gamble.
5537 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
5538 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5539 of system security. This should only be used if you are
5540 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
5541 DontBlameSendmail options are:
5544 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5545 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5546 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5547 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5548 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5549 GroupWritableAliasFile
5550 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5551 WorldWritableAliasFile
5552 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5553 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5554 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5555 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5556 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5557 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5559 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5560 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5561 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5562 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5563 LinkedMapInWritableDir
5564 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5565 FileDeliveryToHardLink
5566 FileDeliveryToSymLink
5569 WriteStatsToHardLink
5571 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5573 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5574 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
5575 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5576 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5577 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5578 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5579 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5580 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5581 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5582 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5583 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5584 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5585 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5586 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5587 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5588 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5589 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5590 contrast to the success case).
5591 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
5594 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5595 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5596 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5597 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5598 from hiding their connection information in Received:
5600 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5601 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
5602 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5603 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5604 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5605 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
5606 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5607 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
5608 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5609 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5610 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5611 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5612 remote identity can be queried.
5613 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5614 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5615 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
5616 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5617 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5618 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5619 some of the details are determined dynamically via
5620 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5621 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5622 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5623 the new Build method which creates an operating system
5624 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5625 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5626 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5627 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
5628 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5629 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
5630 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5631 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5632 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5633 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5634 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5635 This means that even if only one of the recipients
5636 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5637 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5638 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5639 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
5640 of CNET: The Computer Network.
5641 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5642 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5643 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5644 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5645 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5646 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5647 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5648 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5649 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5650 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5651 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5652 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5653 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5654 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5655 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
5656 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5657 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5658 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5659 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5661 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5663 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5664 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
5665 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5666 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5667 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5668 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5669 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5670 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5672 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
5673 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5674 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5676 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5677 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
5678 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5679 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5680 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5681 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
5682 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5683 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
5685 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5686 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
5687 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
5688 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5689 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5690 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
5691 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5692 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5693 Stratus Computer, Inc.
5694 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5695 currently supported version.
5696 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
5697 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5698 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5699 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5700 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
5701 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5702 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5703 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5704 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5705 message in error bounces.
5706 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5707 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5708 Digital Equipment Corporation.
5710 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5711 of Kyoto University.
5712 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
5713 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5715 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5716 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5718 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5719 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5720 the University of Maryland.
5721 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5722 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5723 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5724 Meteorological Institute.
5725 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5726 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5727 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5728 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5729 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5730 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5731 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
5732 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
5733 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5734 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5735 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
5736 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5737 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5738 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
5740 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5741 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5742 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
5743 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5744 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5745 directory for certain programs.
5746 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5747 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5748 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5749 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
5750 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5751 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5752 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
5753 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
5754 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5755 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5756 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5757 the user to setup different .forward files for
5758 user+detail addressing.
5759 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5760 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5761 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5762 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5763 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5764 outside your domain).
5765 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5766 any site to any site.
5767 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5768 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5769 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5770 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5771 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5772 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
5773 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5774 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5775 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5776 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5777 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5778 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5779 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5780 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5781 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5783 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
5784 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
5785 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5786 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5787 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
5788 needed for most installations.
5789 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5790 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
5791 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5792 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5793 the University of Maryland.
5794 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5795 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5796 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5797 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5798 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5799 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5800 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5801 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5802 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5803 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5804 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5805 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
5806 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5807 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
5808 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5809 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5810 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5811 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
5812 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
5813 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
5814 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5815 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5816 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5817 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5818 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5819 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
5820 above for more information.
5821 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5822 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5823 Meteorological Institute.
5824 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5825 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5826 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
5827 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
5828 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5829 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5830 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5831 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5832 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5833 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5834 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5835 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5836 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5837 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5838 CMU (now of Netscape).
5839 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5840 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5841 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5842 read mail.local/README.
5843 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5844 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5845 University of Maryland.
5846 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5848 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5849 Meteorological Institute.
5850 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5851 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5852 University of Maryland.
5853 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5854 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5855 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5856 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5857 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5858 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5860 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5861 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5862 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5864 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5865 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5866 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5868 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5869 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5870 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5871 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5872 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5873 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5874 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5875 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5876 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5877 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5878 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5879 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5880 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5881 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5882 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5884 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5885 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5887 BuildTools/Site/README
5888 BuildTools/bin/Build
5889 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5890 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5891 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5894 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5895 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5896 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5897 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5898 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5899 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5900 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5901 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5903 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5904 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5905 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5906 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5908 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5910 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5913 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5917 praliases/Makefile.m4
5927 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5929 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5931 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5933 makemap/Makefile.dist
5935 praliases/Makefile.dist
5940 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5941 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5942 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5943 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5946 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5947 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5948 src/READ_ME => src/README
5950 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
5951 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5952 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5953 Meteorological Institute.
5954 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5955 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
5956 Arseneault of SRI International.
5957 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5958 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5959 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5960 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5961 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5962 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5963 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
5964 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
5965 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5966 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5967 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5969 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5970 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5971 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5972 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5973 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5974 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5975 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5976 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5977 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
5978 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5979 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5980 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5981 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5982 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5983 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5984 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
5985 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5986 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5987 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
5988 results during a single message processing (but would
5989 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
5990 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5991 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5992 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5993 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5994 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5995 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5996 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5997 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5998 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5999 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
6000 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6001 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6002 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6003 and the inability to save a bounce message to
6004 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6005 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6006 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6007 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6009 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
6010 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6011 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6012 could cause confusing error messages.
6013 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6014 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
6015 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6016 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6018 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
6019 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6020 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6021 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6022 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6023 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6024 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6026 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6027 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
6028 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6029 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6030 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6031 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6032 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6033 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6035 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6036 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6037 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6038 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6039 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6040 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6041 RUS University of Stuttgart.
6043 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6044 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
6045 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
6046 of Stanford University.
6047 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6048 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
6049 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6051 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6052 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6053 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6054 Electronic Data Systems.
6055 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
6056 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6057 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6058 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6059 loader environment variables into the loader memory
6060 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
6061 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6062 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6063 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
6064 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6065 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6066 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6067 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
6068 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6069 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
6070 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6071 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
6072 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6073 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6074 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6075 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6077 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6078 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6079 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6080 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
6081 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6082 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6084 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6085 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6086 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6089 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
6090 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6091 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6092 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6093 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6094 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6096 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6097 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
6098 of Technology, Stockholm.
6099 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6100 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6101 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6102 that these routines are included as though they were in the
6103 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6104 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6105 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6106 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6107 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6108 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6109 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
6110 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6111 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6112 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
6113 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6114 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
6115 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6116 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6117 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6118 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
6119 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6120 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6121 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6122 have to assume that the information is good.
6123 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6125 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6126 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6127 errors during testing.
6128 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6129 printed in the error message.
6130 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6131 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6132 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6133 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6134 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6135 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6136 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6137 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6138 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6139 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
6140 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6141 runner runs during a critical section in another message
6142 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6144 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6145 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6146 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6147 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
6148 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6149 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6150 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6151 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6152 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6153 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6154 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6155 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6156 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6157 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
6158 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6159 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6160 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6162 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6163 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6164 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6165 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
6166 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6167 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6168 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6169 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
6170 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6171 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6172 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
6174 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6175 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
6176 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6177 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6179 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6180 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
6181 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6183 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
6184 of Argonne National Laboratory.
6185 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6186 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6187 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
6188 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6189 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6191 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6192 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6193 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6194 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6195 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6196 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6198 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
6199 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6200 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
6201 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6203 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6204 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6205 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
6206 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
6207 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6208 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6209 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6210 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6212 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6213 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
6214 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6215 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6216 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6217 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6218 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6219 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6221 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6222 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
6224 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
6225 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6226 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6227 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6228 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6229 changed after open".
6230 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
6232 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6234 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6235 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6237 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6241 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
6242 *************************************************************
6243 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
6244 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
6245 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
6246 * continued sendmail development. *
6247 *************************************************************
6248 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6249 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6250 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
6251 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6252 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6253 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
6254 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6255 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
6256 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6257 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
6258 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6259 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6260 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
6261 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6262 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6263 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6264 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6265 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6266 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6267 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6268 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6269 another database; this can be used either to expose
6270 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6271 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6272 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
6273 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6274 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6275 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6276 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
6277 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6279 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6280 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6281 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
6282 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
6283 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6284 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6285 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6286 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6287 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6288 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6289 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6290 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6291 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6292 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6293 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6294 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6295 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6296 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6297 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6298 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6299 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
6300 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6301 NFS-mounted filesystems.
6302 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6303 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6304 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6305 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6306 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
6307 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6308 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6309 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
6310 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6311 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6312 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6314 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6315 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
6317 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6318 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
6319 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6320 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6321 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6322 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6323 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6324 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
6325 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6326 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6327 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6329 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6330 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
6331 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6332 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6333 too large) don't send the bogus message.
6334 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6335 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
6336 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6337 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6338 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
6339 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6340 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6341 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
6343 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6344 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
6346 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6347 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6348 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6349 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
6350 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
6351 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6352 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6353 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6354 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6355 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6357 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6358 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6359 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6361 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6362 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6363 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
6364 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6365 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6366 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6367 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6368 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
6369 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6371 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6372 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6374 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6375 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6376 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6377 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6378 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
6379 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6380 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6381 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
6382 erroneous results during a single message processing
6383 (but would recover when the next message was received).
6384 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6385 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
6386 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6387 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6388 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
6389 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6390 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6391 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6392 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6393 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6394 address as "may be forged".
6395 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6396 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6397 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6398 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6399 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6400 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
6402 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6403 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6404 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6405 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6406 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6407 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6408 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6409 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6410 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6412 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6413 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
6414 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6415 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6416 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
6417 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6418 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6419 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6420 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6421 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
6422 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6424 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6425 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6426 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
6427 John Beck of SunSoft.
6428 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6429 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6430 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6431 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6432 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6433 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6434 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6435 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
6436 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6437 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
6438 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6440 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6441 on some architectures.
6443 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6444 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6445 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
6446 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6447 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6449 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6450 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6451 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6452 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6453 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6454 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6455 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6456 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6457 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
6458 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6459 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6460 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6461 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6462 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6463 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6465 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
6467 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6468 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6470 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6471 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6472 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6473 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
6475 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6476 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6477 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6478 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6479 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6480 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6481 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6482 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
6483 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6484 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6485 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
6486 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6487 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6488 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6489 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6490 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6491 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6492 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6493 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6494 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6495 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6496 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6497 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
6498 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6499 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6500 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6501 was specified, even when it wasn't.
6502 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
6503 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6504 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6505 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
6506 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6507 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6508 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6509 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6510 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
6511 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6512 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6514 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
6515 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
6516 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6517 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6518 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6519 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6520 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6521 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6523 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6524 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6525 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
6526 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
6527 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6528 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
6529 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6530 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6531 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6532 for system accounts.
6535 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6537 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6538 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6539 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6541 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6542 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6544 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
6545 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
6546 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6547 even if RunAsUser is specified.
6548 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
6549 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6550 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6551 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6552 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6553 University of Pennsylvania.
6554 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6555 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
6556 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6557 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6558 was unnecessarily awful.
6559 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6560 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6561 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6562 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6563 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6564 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6565 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6566 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6567 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6568 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6569 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6570 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6571 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
6572 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6573 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6574 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6576 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6577 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
6578 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6580 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6581 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6582 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
6583 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
6584 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6585 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6586 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6587 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6588 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6589 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6590 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6591 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
6592 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6593 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
6595 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6596 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6597 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6598 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
6599 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6600 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6601 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6602 The current values and defaults are:
6603 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6604 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
6605 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
6606 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
6607 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6608 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6609 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6610 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6611 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
6612 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6613 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6614 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6615 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6616 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6617 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
6619 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6620 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6621 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6622 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6623 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6624 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6625 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6626 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6627 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6628 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6629 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6630 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6632 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6633 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6634 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6635 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6636 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
6637 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6638 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6639 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6641 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6642 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6643 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6644 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6645 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6646 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6647 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6649 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6650 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6651 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6652 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6653 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6654 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6655 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6656 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
6657 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6658 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6660 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6661 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
6662 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6663 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6664 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
6665 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6666 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6667 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
6668 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6669 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6670 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6671 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
6672 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
6673 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
6674 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6675 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6676 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6677 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6678 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
6679 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6680 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6681 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6682 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6683 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6684 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6685 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6688 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
6689 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6690 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6691 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
6692 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6693 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
6694 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
6695 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6696 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6697 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6698 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
6699 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6700 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
6701 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
6702 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6703 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6704 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6705 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6706 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
6707 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6708 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6709 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6710 Problem noted by several people.
6711 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6712 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6713 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
6715 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6716 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6717 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6718 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6719 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6720 of Best Internet Communications.
6721 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
6722 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6723 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6724 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6725 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6726 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6727 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6728 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6729 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
6730 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6731 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6732 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6733 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6734 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6735 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6736 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
6738 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
6739 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6740 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6741 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6742 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
6743 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
6744 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6745 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6746 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6747 of Kyoto University.
6748 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6749 conditions from Don Lewis.
6750 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6751 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6752 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6753 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
6754 patch from Bryan Costales.
6756 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6757 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
6758 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
6759 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6760 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6761 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
6762 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6763 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
6764 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6765 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
6766 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6768 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6770 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6771 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6772 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6773 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6774 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6775 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6776 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6777 than one long one. By popular demand.
6778 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6779 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6780 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6781 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6782 of NTT Software Corporation.
6783 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6787 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
6788 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6789 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
6790 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6791 best-of-security list.
6792 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6793 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6794 should make it clearer to people that they are running
6796 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6797 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6798 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6799 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
6800 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6801 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6802 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6803 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
6804 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6805 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6806 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6807 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6808 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6809 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
6810 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6811 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6812 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6813 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6814 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
6816 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
6817 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6818 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6819 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6820 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6821 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6823 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6824 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6825 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6826 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
6827 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6828 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6829 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6830 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6831 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6832 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6833 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6834 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6835 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6836 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6837 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6838 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6839 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6840 University of Linkoping.
6841 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6842 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6843 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6844 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6845 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6846 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6847 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6849 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6850 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6851 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6852 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6853 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6854 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6855 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6857 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6858 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6859 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6860 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6861 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6862 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6863 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6864 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6865 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6866 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6867 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6868 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6869 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6870 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6871 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6872 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6873 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6874 Earickson of Colby College.
6875 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6876 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6877 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6879 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6880 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6881 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6882 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6883 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6884 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6885 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6886 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6887 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6888 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6889 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6890 University of Washington, Seattle.
6891 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6892 Polytechnic Institute.
6893 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6894 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6896 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6898 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6900 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6901 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6902 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6904 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6905 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6906 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6907 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6908 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6911 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6912 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6913 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6914 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6915 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6916 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6917 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6918 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6920 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6921 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6923 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6924 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6925 on illegal host names.
6926 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6927 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6928 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6929 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6930 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6931 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6932 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6933 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6934 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6935 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6936 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6937 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6938 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6939 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6940 University of Leicester.
6941 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6942 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6943 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6944 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6945 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6946 University of Washington.
6948 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6949 people pointed this out.
6950 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6951 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6952 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6953 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6954 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6955 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6956 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6957 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6959 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
6960 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6961 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
6962 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6964 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
6965 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6966 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6967 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6968 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
6969 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6970 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
6971 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6972 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
6973 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6974 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6975 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6976 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6977 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6979 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6980 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6981 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6982 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6983 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6984 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
6985 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6986 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6987 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6988 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
6989 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6990 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6991 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6992 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
6993 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6994 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6995 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6996 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6998 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6999 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7001 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7002 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7003 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7004 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7005 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
7006 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7007 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7008 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7009 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7010 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7011 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7012 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7013 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7015 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7016 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7017 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7018 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7019 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
7020 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7021 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7022 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7023 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7024 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
7025 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7026 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7027 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7028 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
7029 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7030 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7031 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7032 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7033 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7035 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7036 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
7038 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7039 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7040 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
7041 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7042 there should be no security implications. Implementation
7043 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
7044 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7045 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7046 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7047 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
7048 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7049 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7050 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7052 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7053 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7054 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7055 University of Maryland.
7056 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
7057 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7058 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7059 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7060 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7061 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
7062 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7063 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7064 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7065 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
7066 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7067 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
7068 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
7069 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7070 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
7071 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
7072 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7073 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7074 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7075 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
7077 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7078 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7079 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
7080 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7081 is for incoming connections only.
7082 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
7083 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7084 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
7085 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
7086 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7087 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7088 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7089 (e.g., due to connection caching).
7090 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7091 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7092 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7093 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
7094 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7095 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7096 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7097 that take a very long time to run.
7098 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
7099 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7100 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7101 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7102 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
7103 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7104 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7105 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7106 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7107 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7108 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
7110 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7111 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7113 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7114 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7115 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7116 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7117 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7118 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7119 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7120 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7121 different for this case.
7122 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7123 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7124 of Stanford University.
7125 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7126 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7127 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
7128 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7129 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7130 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
7131 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7132 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7133 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
7134 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7135 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7136 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7137 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
7138 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7139 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7140 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7141 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7142 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7143 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7145 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7146 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7147 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
7148 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7149 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7150 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
7151 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7152 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7154 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7155 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7157 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7158 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7159 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7160 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
7161 either of these in their configuration file.
7162 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7163 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
7164 St. Peter's College.
7165 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7166 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
7167 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7168 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7169 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
7170 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7171 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7172 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
7173 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7175 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7176 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7177 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
7178 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7179 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7180 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
7181 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7182 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7183 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7184 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7186 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7187 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7188 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7189 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7190 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7191 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7192 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7193 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7194 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7195 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7196 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7198 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
7199 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7200 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7201 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7202 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7204 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
7205 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7206 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7207 See also the src/READ_ME file.
7208 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7209 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
7210 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7211 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7212 two characters $, +.
7213 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7215 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7216 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7217 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7219 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7220 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
7222 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7223 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7224 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
7225 Beck of InReference, Inc.
7226 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7227 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7228 Computing Corporation.
7229 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7230 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7231 Internet Communications.
7232 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7233 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7234 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7236 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
7237 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7238 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7239 of the University of Iceland.
7240 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7241 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7242 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7243 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
7244 this change is a no-op.
7245 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
7247 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
7249 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7250 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7251 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7252 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7253 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
7254 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7255 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7256 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7257 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
7258 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7259 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7260 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
7261 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
7263 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7264 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
7265 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7266 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7267 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7268 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
7269 easily determine what messages are to their role as
7270 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
7271 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7272 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7273 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
7274 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7275 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7276 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7277 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
7278 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7279 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
7280 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7281 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
7282 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
7283 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7284 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7285 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
7286 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
7287 of Stanford University.
7288 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7289 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
7290 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7291 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7292 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7293 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7294 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7295 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7296 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7297 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7298 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
7299 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
7300 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7301 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
7303 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7304 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7305 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
7306 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7307 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
7308 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7309 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
7310 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
7311 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
7312 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
7313 value is ".hoststat".
7314 There are also two new operation modes:
7315 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7317 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
7318 recent status information.
7319 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7320 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7321 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7322 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7323 framework is gratefully appreciated.
7324 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7325 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7326 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7327 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7328 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7329 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7330 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7331 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7332 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7333 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
7334 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7335 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7336 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
7338 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7339 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7340 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7341 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7342 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7343 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7344 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7345 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7346 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7347 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7348 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7350 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7351 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7352 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
7353 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7354 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7355 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7356 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
7357 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7358 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7359 of Washington, Seattle.
7360 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
7361 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7362 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7363 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7364 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7365 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
7366 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7367 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
7368 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
7370 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7371 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7372 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7373 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7374 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7375 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7376 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
7377 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7378 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7380 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7381 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
7382 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7383 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7384 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7385 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7386 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7387 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
7388 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7389 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
7390 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7391 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7392 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
7393 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7394 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7395 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
7397 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7398 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7399 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7400 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
7401 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7402 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
7403 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7404 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7405 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
7406 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
7407 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7408 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7409 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7410 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7411 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7412 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7413 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7414 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7415 National University of Singapore.
7416 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
7417 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7418 system can't cope with.
7420 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7421 Atlas International.
7422 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7424 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7425 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7426 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
7427 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7428 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7429 Bernstein and Associates.
7430 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7431 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
7432 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7433 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7434 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7435 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7436 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7437 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7438 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7439 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7440 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7441 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7442 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7443 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7444 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7445 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7447 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7448 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7449 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7450 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7451 Employment Standards Administration.
7452 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7453 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7455 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7456 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7457 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7458 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7459 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7460 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7461 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7462 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7463 of the University of Arizona.
7464 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
7465 Vanderbilt University.
7466 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7467 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7468 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
7469 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7470 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
7471 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7472 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7473 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7474 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7476 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7477 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7478 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7479 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
7481 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
7482 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
7483 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7484 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
7485 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7486 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7487 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
7488 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7489 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7490 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
7491 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7492 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7493 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7494 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
7495 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7496 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
7497 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7498 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7499 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7500 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7501 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7502 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
7503 info@foo.com foo-info
7504 info@bar.com bar-info
7505 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
7506 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7507 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7508 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7509 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
7510 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
7511 a great many people.
7512 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7513 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7514 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7516 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7517 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7518 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7519 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
7520 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
7521 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7522 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7523 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7524 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
7525 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
7526 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7527 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7528 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7529 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
7530 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7531 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
7532 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7533 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7534 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7536 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7537 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
7538 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7539 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7540 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
7541 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7542 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7543 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
7544 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7545 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7546 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7547 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7548 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7549 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
7551 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7552 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7553 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7554 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7556 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7557 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
7558 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7559 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7560 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7561 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7562 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
7563 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7564 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7565 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7566 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7567 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7568 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7569 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
7571 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7572 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7573 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7574 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7576 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7577 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7578 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7579 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7580 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7581 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7582 mailstats/mailstats.8
7583 praliases/praliases.8
7584 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7585 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7586 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7587 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7588 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7592 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7594 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7596 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7600 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7601 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
7602 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
7603 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7604 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7606 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
7607 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7608 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7609 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
7610 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7611 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7612 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7613 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
7614 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7616 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
7617 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7618 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7619 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7620 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7621 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7624 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
7625 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7626 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7627 any user (except root).
7628 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7629 version number is unchanged.
7631 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
7632 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7633 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
7634 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7635 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7636 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
7637 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7638 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7639 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
7642 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7643 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7644 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
7645 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7646 Stanford University.
7647 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7648 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7650 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
7651 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7652 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
7653 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7654 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7655 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7656 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
7657 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7658 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
7659 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7660 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7661 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7662 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
7664 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7665 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7666 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7667 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7668 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7669 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7670 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7671 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
7672 bounces when it should have requeued.
7673 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7674 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7675 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
7676 John Hawkinson of Panix.
7677 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7678 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7679 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7680 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
7681 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
7682 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7683 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7685 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
7686 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7687 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7688 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
7689 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7690 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7691 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7692 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7693 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7694 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7695 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7696 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
7697 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7698 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7700 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7701 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7702 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7703 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7704 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7705 included even if the user did not request success notification,
7706 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7707 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7708 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7709 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7710 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
7711 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7712 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
7714 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7715 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
7716 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7717 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7718 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7719 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7720 Technological University.
7721 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7722 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
7723 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7724 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7725 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
7726 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7727 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7728 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7729 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7730 to have the database format of the alias files without the
7731 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7733 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7734 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7735 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7736 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7737 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7739 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7740 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
7741 Association for Progressive Communications.
7742 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7743 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7744 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7745 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7746 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
7747 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7748 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7750 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7751 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
7752 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
7753 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7754 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7755 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7756 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
7757 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7758 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
7759 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7761 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7762 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
7763 James B. Davis of TCI.
7764 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
7765 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7766 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7767 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
7768 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7769 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7770 isn't supported on all compilers.
7771 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7772 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7773 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7774 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7775 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7776 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7777 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7779 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7780 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7781 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7782 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
7783 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7784 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7785 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
7786 for different files.
7787 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
7788 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7789 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7790 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7791 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7794 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
7795 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7796 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7797 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
7798 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7799 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7800 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7801 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7802 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7803 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7804 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7805 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7806 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
7807 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7808 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7809 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7810 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7811 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7812 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
7813 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7814 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7815 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7816 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7817 results. This could have security implications.
7818 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7819 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7820 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7821 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7822 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
7823 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7824 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
7826 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
7827 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7828 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7829 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7830 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7831 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7832 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7833 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7834 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7835 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7836 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7837 domain names are your friends.
7838 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7839 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7840 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7841 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7842 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7843 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7844 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7845 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7847 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7848 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7849 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7850 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7853 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7854 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7855 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7856 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7857 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7858 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7859 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7860 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7861 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7862 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7863 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7864 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7865 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7866 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7867 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7868 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7869 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7870 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7871 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7872 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7873 Infobiogen (France).
7875 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7876 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7877 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7880 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7881 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7882 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7883 Global Communications.
7884 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7885 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7886 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7887 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7888 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7889 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7890 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7891 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7892 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7894 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7895 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7896 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7897 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7898 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7899 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7900 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7901 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7902 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7904 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7905 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7906 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7907 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7908 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7909 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7910 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7911 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7912 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7913 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7914 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7915 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7916 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7917 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7918 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7919 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7920 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7921 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7922 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7923 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7924 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7925 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7926 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7927 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7928 Swarthmore University.
7929 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7930 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7931 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7932 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7934 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7935 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7937 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7938 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7939 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7940 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7941 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7942 and the parsed address.
7943 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7944 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7945 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7946 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7947 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7948 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7950 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7952 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7953 `mapname' and return the result.
7954 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7955 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7956 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7957 the header for envelope sender information and uses
7958 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
7959 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7960 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7962 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7963 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7964 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
7965 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7966 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7967 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7968 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7969 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7970 of Michigan Technological University.
7971 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7972 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7973 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7974 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
7975 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
7976 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7977 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
7979 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7980 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7981 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
7982 the error message. It was especially weird because it
7983 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7984 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
7985 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7986 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7987 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
7988 should have minimal impact on external function.
7989 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7990 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7992 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7998 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7999 C CheckpointInterval
8001 D AutoRebuildAliases
8014 k ConnectionCacheSize
8015 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
8042 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8043 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8044 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
8047 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
8048 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8049 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8050 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8051 specify "V6" in the configuration.
8052 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8053 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8054 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8055 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
8056 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8057 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8058 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8059 This requires config file support to get right. It does
8060 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8061 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8062 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8063 A Addresses are aliasable.
8064 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8065 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
8066 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8067 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8068 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8069 recipient mailer flags.
8070 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8071 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8073 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8074 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8075 : Check for :include: on this address.
8076 | Check for |program on this address.
8077 / Check for /file on this address.
8078 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
8079 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
8080 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8081 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8082 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8083 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8084 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8085 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
8086 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8087 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8088 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
8089 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8090 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
8091 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8092 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8093 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8094 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8095 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8096 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
8097 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8098 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8099 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
8100 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8101 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8102 (essentially, the full MIME option).
8103 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8104 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8105 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8106 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
8108 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8110 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8111 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8112 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8113 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8114 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8115 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8116 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
8117 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8118 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
8119 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8120 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
8121 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8122 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8123 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8124 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8125 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
8126 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8127 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8128 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8129 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8130 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8131 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
8132 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8133 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8134 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
8135 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8136 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8137 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8139 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8140 fashion as the U= mailer option.
8141 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8142 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
8143 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8144 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8145 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8146 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8147 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
8148 from Chip Rosenthal.
8149 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8152 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8153 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
8154 set them both the preferred new syntax is
8155 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8156 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8157 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8158 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8159 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
8160 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8161 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
8162 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8163 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8164 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
8165 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8166 contribution was to make it configurable).
8167 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8168 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8169 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8170 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8171 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8172 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8173 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8174 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8175 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8177 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8179 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8180 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8181 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8182 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8183 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8184 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
8185 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8186 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8187 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
8188 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8190 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8191 :include: and .forward files.
8192 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8193 key field name, the value field name, and the field
8194 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
8195 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8196 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8197 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8198 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8199 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8200 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
8202 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
8203 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
8204 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
8205 Hutton of Indiana University.
8206 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
8207 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8208 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8209 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
8210 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
8211 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8212 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
8213 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8214 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8215 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8216 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8218 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
8219 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8220 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
8221 are from sysexits.h.
8222 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8223 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
8226 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8227 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8228 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8229 map2 is searched and the value returned.
8230 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
8231 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8232 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
8233 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8234 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8235 For example, if the declaration of the map is
8236 Ksample switch hosts
8237 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8238 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8240 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8241 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8242 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
8243 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8244 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8245 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
8246 the -m (matchonly) flag.
8247 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8248 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
8249 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8250 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8251 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8252 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
8253 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8254 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
8255 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8256 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8257 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8258 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8259 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8260 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
8261 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8262 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8263 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8264 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8265 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8266 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8267 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8268 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8269 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8270 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
8271 an /etc/hosts entry reads
8272 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8273 this change will use the second name as the canonical
8274 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8275 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8276 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8277 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8278 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8279 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
8280 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8281 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8282 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8283 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
8284 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8285 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8286 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
8287 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8288 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8289 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8290 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8291 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8292 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8293 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8294 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8295 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8296 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8297 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8298 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8299 much longer than the specified timeout.
8300 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8301 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8302 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8303 denial-of-service attack.
8304 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8305 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8306 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8307 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
8308 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8309 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8310 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8311 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
8312 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8313 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
8314 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8315 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8316 actually file lookups.
8317 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8318 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8319 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
8320 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8321 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8322 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
8323 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8324 support for them has been removed.
8325 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8326 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8327 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8328 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8329 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8330 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
8331 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8332 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8333 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
8334 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8335 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8336 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8337 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8338 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8339 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8340 also improves the connection cache utilization.
8341 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8342 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
8343 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8344 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8345 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8346 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
8347 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8348 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
8349 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8351 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8352 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
8353 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8354 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
8355 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8356 option can give the network software time to establish
8357 the link. The default units are seconds.
8358 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8359 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8360 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8361 Defense Information Systems Agency.
8362 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8363 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
8364 the National Computer Security Center.
8365 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8366 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8367 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8368 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
8369 the mailprio scripts (see below).
8370 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8371 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8372 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
8373 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8374 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8375 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
8376 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
8377 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8378 University Computing Service.
8379 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8380 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
8381 the University of Kentucky.
8382 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8383 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8384 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8385 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
8386 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8387 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8388 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8389 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8391 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8392 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8393 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8394 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8395 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8396 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8397 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
8398 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8399 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8400 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8401 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8402 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8403 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
8404 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8405 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8406 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
8407 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
8408 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8409 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8410 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8412 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8413 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8414 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
8415 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8416 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8417 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8418 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8419 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
8420 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8421 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8422 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8423 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8424 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8425 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
8427 None Leave the message as is. The
8428 message will be passed on even
8429 though it is in technically
8431 Add-To Add a To: header with any
8432 recipients that it can find from
8433 the envelope. This risks exposing
8435 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
8436 has almost no redeeming social value,
8437 and is provided only for back
8439 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
8440 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8441 which will have the effect of
8442 making the message legal without
8443 exposing Bcc: recipients.
8444 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
8445 There is a chance that mailers down
8446 the line will delete this header,
8447 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8449 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8450 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
8451 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8452 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8453 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8454 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8455 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
8456 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8457 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8458 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8459 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8460 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8461 For example, if you run with
8462 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8463 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
8464 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8465 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8466 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8467 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8468 entries. For example, given the aliases:
8471 and an alias file declared as:
8472 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8473 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8474 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8475 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8476 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8477 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8478 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
8480 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8481 to be simpler and more consistent.
8482 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
8483 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8484 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8485 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8486 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8487 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8488 This may affect some people who have written their own
8489 checkcompat() routine.
8490 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
8491 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8492 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8493 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8494 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8495 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8496 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8497 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8498 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8499 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8500 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8502 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8503 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8504 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8505 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8506 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
8507 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8508 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
8509 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8510 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8511 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
8512 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8513 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8514 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8515 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8516 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8517 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8518 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8519 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8521 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8522 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8523 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
8524 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
8525 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8526 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8527 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8528 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8529 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
8530 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8531 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
8532 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8533 is added between the first and second word of the first
8534 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8535 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8536 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8537 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8538 old sendmails understand.
8539 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8540 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
8541 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8542 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8543 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
8544 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8545 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8546 data -- for example,
8547 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8548 (romanized/less information)
8549 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8550 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8551 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8552 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8553 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8554 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8555 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8556 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8557 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8558 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8559 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
8560 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
8561 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8562 Eric Prestemon of American University.
8563 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8564 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8565 increment on the background value).
8566 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
8567 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
8568 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8569 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8570 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8571 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8572 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8573 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8574 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
8575 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8576 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8577 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8578 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
8579 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
8580 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8581 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8582 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
8583 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8584 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8585 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8586 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8587 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
8588 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8589 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8590 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8591 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8592 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8593 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8594 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8595 service type is "files".
8596 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
8597 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8599 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8600 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
8601 contributed by SunSoft.
8602 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8603 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
8604 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8605 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8606 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
8607 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8608 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
8609 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8610 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8611 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8612 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8613 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8614 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
8615 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8616 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8617 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8618 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8619 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8620 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8621 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
8622 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8623 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8624 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8625 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8626 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
8627 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8628 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8629 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8630 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8631 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8632 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
8633 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8634 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8635 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8637 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8638 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
8640 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8641 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8642 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8643 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
8645 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
8646 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8647 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8648 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8649 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8650 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8651 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8652 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8653 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
8654 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8655 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8656 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8657 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8659 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8660 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
8661 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8662 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8663 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8664 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8665 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8666 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8667 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
8668 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8669 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
8670 of Sun Microsystems.
8671 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
8672 is at least 50% faster.
8673 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8674 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8676 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8677 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8678 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8679 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
8680 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8681 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
8682 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8683 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
8684 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8685 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8686 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8687 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8688 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
8689 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8690 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8691 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8693 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8695 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8696 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8697 Global Information Solutions.
8698 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8699 From Motonori Nakamura.
8700 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
8702 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8703 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8704 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8705 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8706 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8707 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
8708 James of British Telecom.
8709 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
8710 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8711 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8712 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
8713 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8714 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8715 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
8716 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8717 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8718 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
8719 a bad guy can read your private files.
8721 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8722 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8723 University. This expands the disk size
8724 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8725 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8726 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8727 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8728 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8729 Linux Makefile typo.
8730 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8731 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8732 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8734 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
8735 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8736 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
8737 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8738 This requires adaptation of code that really
8739 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8740 addresses or nameserver fields.''
8741 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
8742 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8743 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8744 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8745 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8746 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8748 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8749 match all the other configuration files. Fix
8750 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8751 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
8752 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8753 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
8754 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8755 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8756 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8757 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
8759 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8760 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8761 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8762 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
8763 of Ohio State University.
8764 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8765 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8767 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
8768 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
8770 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8771 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8773 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8774 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8776 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8777 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8778 Rochester Medical Center.
8779 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8780 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8781 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8782 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8783 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8784 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8785 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8787 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8788 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8789 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8791 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8792 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8793 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8794 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8795 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8796 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8797 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8798 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8799 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8800 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8802 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8803 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8804 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8805 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8806 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8807 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8808 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8809 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8810 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8811 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8812 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8813 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8814 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8815 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8817 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8818 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8819 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
8820 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8821 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8822 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
8823 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8824 on the file, but it should be quite small.
8825 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
8826 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8827 giving the local administrator more control over what
8828 programs can be run from sendmail.
8829 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8830 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8831 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8833 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8834 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8835 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8836 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8837 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8838 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8839 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8840 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8841 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8842 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8843 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8844 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8845 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8846 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8847 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8849 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8850 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8852 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8853 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8854 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8856 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8857 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8858 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8859 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8860 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8861 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8863 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8864 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8865 just unqualified ones.
8866 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8867 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8868 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8869 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8870 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8871 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8872 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8873 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8875 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8876 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8877 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8878 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8879 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8880 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8881 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8882 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8883 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8884 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8885 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8886 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8887 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8888 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8889 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8890 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8891 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8893 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8894 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8896 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8897 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8898 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8899 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8900 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8901 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8902 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8903 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8904 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8905 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8906 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8907 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8908 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8909 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8910 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8911 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8912 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8913 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8914 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8915 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8916 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8917 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8918 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8919 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8920 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8921 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8922 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8923 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8924 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8925 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8926 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8927 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8928 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8930 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8931 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8932 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8933 Information Systems Agency.
8934 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8935 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8936 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8937 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8938 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8939 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8940 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8941 that really can be used in the real world.
8942 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8943 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8944 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8945 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8946 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8947 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8948 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8949 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
8951 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
8952 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8953 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8954 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8956 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8957 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8958 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8959 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
8960 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8961 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8962 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8963 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8964 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8965 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
8966 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8967 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8968 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8969 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8970 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8971 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8972 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
8973 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8974 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8975 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
8976 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8977 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8978 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
8980 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8981 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8982 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8983 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8984 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8987 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8989 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8990 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8991 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8992 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8993 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8994 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8995 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8997 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8998 cf/domain/generic.m4
8999 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9000 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9001 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9003 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9004 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9008 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9009 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9010 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9011 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9016 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9019 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9020 mail.local/mail.local.0
9026 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9027 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9028 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9029 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9030 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9031 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9032 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9033 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9034 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9035 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9036 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9037 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9038 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9039 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9040 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9041 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9042 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9043 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9044 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9052 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9053 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9054 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9055 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9056 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9057 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9058 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9059 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9060 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9061 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9062 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9063 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9064 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9065 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9066 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9067 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9068 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9069 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9070 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9071 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9072 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9077 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9079 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9080 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9081 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9082 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9083 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9084 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9085 contrib/rcpt-streaming
9086 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9088 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
9089 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9090 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9091 any user (except root).
9092 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9093 version number is unchanged.
9095 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
9096 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9097 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
9098 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9099 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9100 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9102 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9103 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9106 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
9107 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9108 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9109 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9110 message when attempted from IDENT.
9111 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9112 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
9113 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
9114 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9115 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9116 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9118 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9119 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
9121 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9122 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
9123 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9124 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9125 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9126 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
9127 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9129 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9130 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
9132 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
9134 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9135 and Liudvikas Bukys.
9136 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9137 from Spider Boardman.
9138 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9141 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
9142 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9143 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9144 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9145 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9146 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9147 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
9149 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9150 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9151 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9152 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9153 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9154 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
9155 University of Texas.
9156 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9157 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9158 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9159 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9160 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9161 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9163 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9164 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
9165 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9166 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9167 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9168 with a lot of arguments).
9169 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9170 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9171 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9173 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9174 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9175 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9176 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9178 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9179 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9180 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
9181 some of the map code.
9182 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9185 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
9186 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9187 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9188 may have some security implications.
9189 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9190 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
9191 Hill of the University of Iowa.
9192 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
9193 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9194 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9195 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
9196 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9197 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9198 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9200 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9201 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9202 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
9203 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9204 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
9205 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9207 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9208 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
9209 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9210 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9211 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
9212 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9213 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9214 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
9215 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9216 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9217 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9218 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9219 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
9220 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
9221 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9222 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
9223 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9225 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9226 message to explain how much space was available and
9227 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
9228 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9229 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9230 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9231 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9232 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9233 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9234 moves things more towards what will probably become a
9235 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9237 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9238 without recompiling.
9239 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9240 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
9242 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9243 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9244 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
9245 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9246 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9247 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9248 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
9249 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9250 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9251 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9252 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9253 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
9255 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9256 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9257 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9258 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9259 refused" response, and that the connection can be
9260 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
9261 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9262 size around and can never start listening to connections
9263 again. The down side is that someone could start up
9264 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9265 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9266 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9267 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
9268 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9269 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9271 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9272 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
9273 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9274 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9275 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9276 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9277 doc directory. This includes some additional
9279 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9280 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
9281 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9282 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
9283 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9284 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9285 loop the mail, which was bad news.
9287 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9288 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9289 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9290 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9291 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9292 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9293 Newcastle upon Tyne.
9294 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9296 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9297 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9298 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9299 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9302 src/Makefile.NCR3000
9303 doc/changes/Makefile
9304 doc/changes/changes.me
9305 doc/changes/changes.ps
9307 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
9308 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9309 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
9310 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9312 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
9313 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9314 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
9315 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9318 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
9319 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9320 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9321 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9322 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9324 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9325 in the connection cache for a long time under some
9326 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
9327 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
9328 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
9329 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9330 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9331 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9332 from a local user to another local user. From
9333 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9334 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9335 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
9336 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9337 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9338 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9339 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9340 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9341 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9342 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9343 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9344 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9345 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9346 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9347 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
9348 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9349 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9350 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9352 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9354 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9355 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9356 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9357 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
9358 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9359 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9360 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9361 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9363 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9364 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
9365 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9366 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
9368 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9369 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9370 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
9371 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
9372 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9373 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9374 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9375 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9376 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
9377 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9378 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9379 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
9380 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9381 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9382 security implications. Suggested by several people.
9383 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9384 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
9385 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9386 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
9388 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9389 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9390 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9391 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9392 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9393 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
9394 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9395 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9396 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9397 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
9398 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9399 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
9400 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9401 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9402 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9403 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9404 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9405 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9406 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9407 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
9408 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9409 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9410 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9411 didn't see the class items being added.
9412 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9413 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9414 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
9416 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9417 but sets h_errno to a success value.
9418 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9419 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9420 address specified in the P option). This fix should
9421 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9422 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9424 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9425 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9426 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9427 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9428 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9429 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9430 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
9432 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9433 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
9434 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
9436 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9437 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
9438 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9439 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9440 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
9442 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9443 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9444 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9445 University of Washington.
9446 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9447 don't have an ``=value'' part.
9448 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9449 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
9450 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9451 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9452 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9453 of Cambridge University.
9454 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9455 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9456 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9457 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9458 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9459 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9460 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9461 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
9462 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9463 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9464 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9465 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
9466 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9467 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9469 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9470 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9471 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9472 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9473 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9474 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
9475 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9476 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
9477 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9478 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9479 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
9480 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9481 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9482 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9483 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9484 size for various mailers.
9485 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9486 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9487 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9488 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9489 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9490 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9491 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9492 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9493 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
9495 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9496 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
9497 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9498 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9499 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
9500 Michel of Thomson CSF.
9501 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9502 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9503 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9504 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9505 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9506 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9507 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9508 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
9509 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9510 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9511 University of Sydney.
9512 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9513 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9514 This is because of the known bug where definition of
9515 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9516 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9517 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9518 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9519 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
9520 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
9522 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9523 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9524 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9525 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9526 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
9529 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9530 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9531 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9532 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9533 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9534 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9535 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9536 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9537 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9539 src/Makefile.DomainOS
9541 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9542 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9543 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9545 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9550 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
9551 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9552 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
9553 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9554 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9555 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
9556 permissions they should not have had (usually group
9557 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
9558 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9559 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9560 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9561 Although this does not respond to a specific known
9562 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
9563 Christian Wettergren.
9564 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9565 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9566 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9567 program by putting that in their .forward file.
9568 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9569 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9570 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
9571 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
9572 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9573 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9574 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9575 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9576 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9577 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9578 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9579 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
9580 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9581 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9582 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9583 connection to create problems on the current job.
9584 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9586 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9587 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9588 problem that ignored the load average in locally
9589 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
9590 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
9591 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9592 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9593 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9594 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9595 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9596 when sending error messages. This resulted in
9597 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
9598 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
9599 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9600 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9601 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
9602 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9603 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9604 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9605 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
9606 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9607 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9608 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9609 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9610 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
9612 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9613 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9614 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9615 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9616 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9617 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
9618 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9619 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9620 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
9621 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9622 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9623 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9624 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9625 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
9626 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9627 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9628 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9629 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9630 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9631 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9632 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9633 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9635 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9636 of from a clean exit.
9637 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9638 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9639 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9640 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9641 as the subject of an error message, even though the
9642 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9643 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9644 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
9646 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9647 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
9648 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
9649 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9650 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9651 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9652 says that they should be ignored.
9653 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9654 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9655 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
9656 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9658 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9659 documented in the Bat Book.
9660 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9661 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9662 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9663 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9664 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9665 code during some parts of connection initialization.
9666 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9667 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9668 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
9669 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9670 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9671 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9672 of Kyoto University.
9673 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9674 From P{r Emanuelsson.
9675 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9676 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9677 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
9679 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9680 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9681 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9682 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
9684 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9685 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9686 illegal addresses appearing there).
9687 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9689 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9691 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
9692 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9693 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9694 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9695 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
9696 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9697 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9698 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9699 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9700 by the other end closing the connection. From
9701 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9702 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9703 to include a host name or other useful information.
9704 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
9706 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9707 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9708 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9709 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
9710 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9711 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9712 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9713 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9714 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9716 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9717 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9718 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9719 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9720 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9721 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9722 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
9723 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9724 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9725 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9726 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9727 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9728 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
9729 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9730 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9731 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9732 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9733 of the Institute for Global Communications.
9734 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9735 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
9736 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9737 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9738 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9739 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9740 Portability fixes for:
9741 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9742 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9743 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9744 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9745 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9746 of Stoner Associates.
9747 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9748 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9749 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9751 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9752 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9753 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9754 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9755 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9757 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9759 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9760 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9761 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
9762 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9763 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9764 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9765 since this is intended only for internal use, the
9766 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
9767 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9768 addresses when relaying internally.
9769 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9770 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
9771 provided by Peter Wemm.
9772 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9773 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
9774 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9775 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9776 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9777 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9778 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9779 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9781 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9782 rather than letting them get "local configuration
9783 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9784 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9785 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9786 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
9787 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9788 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9789 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9790 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9791 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9792 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9793 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9794 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9795 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
9797 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
9798 Jim Murray of Stratus.
9799 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9800 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
9801 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9802 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9803 the local name prepended.
9804 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9805 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9806 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9807 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
9808 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9809 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
9810 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9811 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9812 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9813 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9814 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9815 :include: files and accounts that have shells
9816 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
9817 cause some .forward files that have worked
9818 before to start failing.
9819 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9823 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9824 src/Makefile.Mach386
9831 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9833 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9835 makemap/Makefile.dist
9836 praliases/Makefile.dist
9838 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9839 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9840 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9841 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9842 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9843 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9845 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9846 in a few critical places.
9847 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9848 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9849 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9850 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9851 and High-Energy Physics.
9852 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9853 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9855 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9856 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9857 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9859 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9860 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9861 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9862 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9863 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9864 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9865 these can have different values depending on which
9866 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9867 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9868 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9869 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9870 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9871 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9873 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9874 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9875 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9876 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9877 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9879 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9880 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9881 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9882 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9883 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9884 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9886 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9887 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9888 addresses that get return-receipts.
9889 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9890 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9891 and end up sending the message several times.
9892 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9893 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9895 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9896 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9897 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9898 Cornell University Medical College.
9899 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9900 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9901 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9902 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9904 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9905 connections fail during message collection. From
9907 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9908 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9909 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9911 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9912 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9913 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9914 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9915 by non-root users were not put into
9916 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9917 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9918 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9919 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9920 could get confused as to whether a database was
9922 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9923 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9924 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9925 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9926 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9927 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9928 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9929 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9930 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9932 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9933 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9934 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9935 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9936 propagated to the queue file.
9939 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9940 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9941 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9942 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9943 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9944 header files but don't have the syscall.
9945 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9947 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9948 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9949 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9950 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9951 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9952 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9953 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9954 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9955 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9956 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9957 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9958 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9959 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9960 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
9962 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9963 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
9965 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9966 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9967 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9968 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9969 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
9970 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9971 files that you should be able to read but have previously
9972 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9974 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9975 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9976 MX suppression will still work.
9977 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9978 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
9979 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9980 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9981 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9982 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
9984 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9986 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9987 trying to send the original message if the connection
9988 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9989 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
9990 by John Myers of CMU.
9991 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9993 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9994 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9995 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9996 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
9997 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9998 queue interval. This is an important fix.
9999 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10000 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10001 ruleset testing a bit easier.
10002 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10003 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10005 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10006 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
10007 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
10008 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10010 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10011 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10012 Harvey Mudd College.
10013 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10014 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
10015 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10016 their full name information.
10017 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10018 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10019 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
10020 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10021 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10022 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10023 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10024 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10025 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10026 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10027 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
10028 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10029 PC TCP/IP implementations.
10030 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10031 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
10032 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
10033 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10035 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10036 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10038 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10039 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
10040 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
10041 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10042 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10043 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10044 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10045 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10046 that claims to be itself works properly.
10047 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10048 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10049 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10050 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10051 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10052 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
10053 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10054 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10055 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10056 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10057 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10059 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10060 true address to still send to the original address
10061 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10062 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10063 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10064 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
10065 more trouble than it was worth.
10066 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10067 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
10068 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10069 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
10070 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10071 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10072 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10074 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10075 messages don't come out with stale information.
10076 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10077 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10078 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10079 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
10081 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10082 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
10084 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10085 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
10087 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10088 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10089 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10090 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10091 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10092 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10093 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10094 that does bulk data transfer).
10095 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
10097 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
10098 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10099 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10100 bogus config files that were not caught.
10101 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10102 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10103 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10104 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10105 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10106 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10107 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10108 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10109 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10110 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10111 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10112 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10113 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10114 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10115 opened or if running with no database format defined.
10116 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10117 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10118 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10119 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
10120 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10122 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10123 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10124 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
10125 to match regular entries.
10126 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10127 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10128 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10129 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10130 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10131 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10132 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10133 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10134 error message so that the "subject" line of return
10135 messages is the best possible.
10136 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10137 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10138 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10139 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10140 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10141 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10142 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10143 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10144 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10145 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10146 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
10147 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10149 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10150 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10151 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10152 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10153 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10154 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10155 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10156 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10157 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10158 addresses in any detail.
10159 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10160 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10161 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10162 with an address such as "!foo".
10163 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10164 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
10165 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10166 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
10170 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10171 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10172 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10173 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10174 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10175 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
10176 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10177 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10178 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
10180 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10181 are no DNS records matching the name.
10182 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10183 original message was received ... from localhost".
10184 The correct original host information is now included.
10185 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10186 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
10187 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
10188 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10189 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10190 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10191 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10192 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10193 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
10194 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10195 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
10196 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10197 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10200 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
10201 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10202 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10203 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10204 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
10205 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10206 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10207 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10208 are really configuration errors. This option is
10209 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10211 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10212 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
10213 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10214 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10215 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
10217 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10218 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10219 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
10220 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10221 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
10222 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10223 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10224 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10225 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
10226 of dickering with error handling (see below).
10227 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
10228 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10230 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10231 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
10232 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10234 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10235 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
10236 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10237 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
10238 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10239 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
10240 connection rather than sending QUIT.
10241 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10242 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10243 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
10244 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10245 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10246 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10247 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10248 core dumps on some machines.
10249 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10250 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10251 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10252 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10253 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10254 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
10255 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10256 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10257 some true error conditions.
10258 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10259 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
10260 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10261 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10262 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10263 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
10264 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
10265 by Motonori Nakamura.
10266 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10267 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
10268 caused error messages to be handled differently during
10269 a queue run than a direct run.
10270 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10271 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10272 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10273 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10274 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10275 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10276 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10278 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10279 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
10280 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10281 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10282 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10283 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
10284 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10285 is appropriately functional.
10286 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10287 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10288 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
10289 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10290 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10291 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10292 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10293 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10295 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10296 process group id. The original fix was to get around
10297 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10298 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10299 different from the process id. I could try to fix
10300 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10301 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10303 Portability changes:
10304 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10305 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10306 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
10307 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10309 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
10310 help other strict ANSI compilers.
10311 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10313 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10314 documentation apparently doesn't define
10315 __STDC__ by default).
10316 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10317 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10319 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10320 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10321 several people have made a good argument that this
10322 creates more problems than it solves (although this
10323 may prove painful in the short run).
10324 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10326 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10327 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10328 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10329 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10330 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10331 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10332 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10333 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10334 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10335 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10336 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10337 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10338 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10339 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10340 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10341 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10342 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10343 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
10344 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10345 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
10346 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10347 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10348 environments. Ugly as sin.
10351 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10352 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10353 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
10354 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10355 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10356 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10357 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
10358 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10359 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10360 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10361 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
10363 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10365 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10366 compatibility library. This also adds a new
10367 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10368 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10369 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10370 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
10371 for quick test cases.
10372 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10373 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10374 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10375 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10376 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10377 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10378 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
10379 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10380 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
10381 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10382 From Michael Corrigan.
10383 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10384 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
10385 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10386 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10387 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10388 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10389 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10390 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
10391 Christophe Wolfhugel.
10392 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10395 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10396 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10397 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
10398 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10399 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
10400 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10401 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10402 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
10404 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10405 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10406 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
10407 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10408 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10409 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10410 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10411 match the other flags in that file.
10412 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
10413 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10414 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10415 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10416 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10417 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
10418 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10419 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
10420 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10421 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10422 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
10423 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10424 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10425 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10426 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10427 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
10428 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10429 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
10430 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10431 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10432 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10433 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10434 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10435 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10436 the root and directories leading up to your home);
10437 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10439 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10440 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10441 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10442 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10443 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10444 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10445 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10446 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
10447 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10448 is separate; this is just intended to work around
10449 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10450 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
10451 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10452 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10453 matching without a null it never tries again with a
10454 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
10455 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10456 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
10457 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
10458 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10459 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10461 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10462 will insert the appropriate full name information;
10463 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10465 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10466 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10467 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10468 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10469 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10470 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10471 only happen when there has been another error in the
10472 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
10473 by default in conf.h.
10474 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10475 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
10476 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10477 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10478 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10479 This output is not intended to be particularly human
10480 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10481 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10482 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
10483 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10484 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10485 See cf/README for an example.
10486 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10487 sites that don't use the -d flag.
10488 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10489 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10490 has been requested by several people, but can break
10491 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10492 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10493 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10494 broken. Use it sparingly.
10495 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
10496 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
10497 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10498 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
10499 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10500 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
10501 Bill Wisner of The Well.
10502 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10503 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
10504 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10506 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
10507 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10508 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10509 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10510 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10511 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10512 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10514 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
10515 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10516 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
10517 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10519 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
10520 Another mailertable fix....
10523 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.